Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,641 missions · 709 completed

Missions

Open932Completed709All1641
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneously Learning and Optimizing Using Controlled Variance Pricing 1: Controlled Variance Pricing Has Regret O(T^α + T^(1−α) log T)Research Paper

Motivation

A firm that sets prices without knowing how demand responds to them has to learn the demand curve from its own sales. Each price it charges is both a revenue decision and an experiment. The natural policy, certainty equivalent pricing, re-estimates the demand parameters after every period and charges the price that would be optimal if the estimates were exact. den Boer and Zwart show that this policy can fail: with positive probability its prices settle at a suboptimal value, because they converge too fast for the estimates to keep improving (den Boer–Zwart 2014, Proposition 1, the subject of the companion mission). The same phenomenon was found by Lai and Robbins (1982) for a linear control problem.

Their remedy, Controlled Variance Pricing (CVP), keeps certainty equivalent pricing but forces the sample variance of the chosen prices to decay no faster than tα−1t^{\alpha-1}tα−1. The main result is that this small amount of enforced exploration gives regret O(Tα+T1−αlog⁡T)O(T^\alpha + T^{1-\alpha}\log T)O(Tα+T1−αlogT), hence O(T1/2+δ)O(T^{1/2+\delta})O(T1/2+δ) for every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, for a broad class of demand models that are specified only through their first two moments. Keskin and Zeevi (2014) later placed CVP in a larger family of semi-myopic policies with Tlog⁡T\sqrt T\log TT​logT regret for linear demand.

Setting

A seller chooses in each period t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,… a price pt∈[pl,ph]p_t \in [p_l, p_h]pt​∈[pl​,ph​], with 0<pl<ph0 < p_l < p_h0<pl​<ph​, and then observes demand dtd_tdt​. Demand at price ppp has mean h(a0(0)+a1(0)p)h(a_0^{(0)} + a_1^{(0)}p)h(a0(0)​+a1(0)​p) and variance σ2v(h(a0(0)+a1(0)p))\sigma^2 v(h(a_0^{(0)} + a_1^{(0)}p))σ2v(h(a0(0)​+a1(0)​p)), where the link hhh and variance function vvv are known and C2C^2C2 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), h˙>0\dot h > 0h˙>0, and the parameter a(0)=(a0(0),a1(0))a^{(0)} = (a_0^{(0)}, a_1^{(0)})a(0)=(a0(0)​,a1(0)​) with a0(0)>0>a1(0)a_0^{(0)} > 0 > a_1^{(0)}a0(0)​>0>a1(0)​ is unknown. The noise et=dt−h(a0(0)+a1(0)pt)e_t = d_t - h(a_0^{(0)} + a_1^{(0)}p_t)et​=dt​−h(a0(0)​+a1(0)​pt​) is a martingale difference with conditional variance σ2v(⋅)\sigma^2 v(\cdot)σ2v(⋅) and a uniformly bounded conditional moment of some order r>3r > 3r>3.

The expected revenue is r(p,a)=p h(a0+a1p)r(p, a) = p\,h(a_0 + a_1p)r(p,a)=ph(a0​+a1​p). Near a(0)a^{(0)}a(0) it has a unique maximizer p(a)p(a)p(a) in the open interval (pl,ph)(p_l, p_h)(pl​,ph​) with ∂p2r<0\partial_p^2 r < 0∂p2​r<0 there, and popt=p(a(0))p_{\mathrm{opt}} = p(a^{(0)})popt​=p(a(0)). The regret of a policy is

Regret⁡(T)=E[∑t=1Tr(popt,a(0))−r(pt,a(0))].\operatorname{Regret}(T) = \mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T r(p_{\mathrm{opt}}, a^{(0)}) - r(p_t, a^{(0)})\Big].Regret(T)=E[t=1∑T​r(popt​,a(0))−r(pt​,a(0))].

The estimate a^t\hat a_ta^t​ is the maximum quasi-likelihood estimate (MQLE), the root of the quasi-score equation (3), ∑i≤th˙σ2v(h)(1,pi)⊤(di−h(a^0+a^1pi))=0\sum_{i\le t} \frac{\dot h}{\sigma^2 v(h)}(1, p_i)^\top(d_i - h(\hat a_0 + \hat a_1 p_i)) = 0∑i≤t​σ2v(h)h˙​(1,pi​)⊤(di​−h(a^0​+a^1​pi​))=0. With pˉt\bar p_tpˉ​t​ and Var⁡(p)t\operatorname{Var}(p)_tVar(p)t​ the sample mean and variance of p1,…,ptp_1,\dots,p_tp1​,…,pt​, the taboo interval is TI(t)=(pˉt−wt,pˉt+wt)\mathrm{TI}(t) = (\bar p_t - w_t, \bar p_t + w_t)TI(t)=(pˉ​t​−wt​,pˉ​t​+wt​) with wt=c[(t+1)α−tα](t+1)/tw_t = \sqrt{c[(t+1)^\alpha - t^\alpha](t+1)/t}wt​=c[(t+1)α−tα](t+1)/t​. CVP starts from two distinct prices p1,p2p_1, p_2p1​,p2​, fixes α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) and 0<c<2−α(p1−p2)2min⁡{1,(3α)−1}0 < c < 2^{-\alpha}(p_1-p_2)^2\min\{1,(3\alpha)^{-1}\}0<c<2−α(p1​−p2​)2min{1,(3α)−1}, and for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2: if a^t\hat a_ta^t​ does not exist or has the wrong signs, it charges whichever of p1,p2p_1, p_2p1​,p2​ is farther from pˉt\bar p_tpˉ​t​; otherwise it charges p(a^t)p(\hat a_t)p(a^t​) if that keeps Var⁡(p)t+1≥c(t+1)α−1\operatorname{Var}(p)_{t+1} \ge c(t+1)^{\alpha-1}Var(p)t+1​≥c(t+1)α−1, and the best price outside TI(t)\mathrm{TI}(t)TI(t) if not.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Regret⁡(T,CVP)=O(Tα+T1−αlog⁡T)(1/2<α<1),\operatorname{Regret}(T, \mathrm{CVP}) = O\big(T^\alpha + T^{1-\alpha}\log T\big) \qquad (1/2 < \alpha < 1),Regret(T,CVP)=O(Tα+T1−αlogT)(1/2<α<1),

stated as: there is K>0K > 0K>0, depending on the model, α\alphaα, ccc and the initial prices but not on TTT, with Regret⁡(T)≤K(Tα+T1−αlog⁡T)\operatorname{Regret}(T) \le K(T^\alpha + T^{1-\alpha}\log T)Regret(T)≤K(Tα+T1−αlogT) for all T≥1T \ge 1T≥1. The constant is left free, so the statement survives any sharpening of the constants.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2: Var⁡(p)t≥c tα−1\operatorname{Var}(p)_t \ge c\,t^{\alpha-1}Var(p)t​≥ctα−1 for all t≥2t \ge 2t≥2 along every CVP path.
  2. Lemma 1: λmax⁡(Pt)≤(1+ph2)t\lambda_{\max}(P_t) \le (1+p_h^2)tλmax​(Pt​)≤(1+ph2​)t and tVar⁡(p)t≤(1+ph2)λmin⁡(Pt)t\operatorname{Var}(p)_t \le (1+p_h^2)\lambda_{\min}(P_t)tVar(p)t​≤(1+ph2​)λmin​(Pt​) for the design matrix Pt=∑i≤t(1,pi)⊤(1,pi)P_t = \sum_{i\le t}(1,p_i)^\top(1,p_i)Pt​=∑i≤t​(1,pi​)⊤(1,pi​).
  3. Proposition 3: a^t\hat a_ta^t​ eventually exists, a^t→a(0)\hat a_t \to a^{(0)}a^t​→a(0) a.s., and for some ρ0\rho_0ρ0​, E[Tρ01/2]<∞\mathbb E[T_{\rho_0}^{1/2}] < \inftyE[Tρ0​1/2​]<∞ and E[∥a^t−a(0)∥21t>Tρ0]=O(log⁡t/tα)\mathbb E[\|\hat a_t - a^{(0)}\|^2\mathbf 1_{t > T_{\rho_0}}] = O(\log t/t^\alpha)E[∥a^t​−a(0)∥21t>Tρ0​​​]=O(logt/tα).
  4. Eq. (11): in the normal–linear case, E∥a^t−a(0)∥2=O(log⁡t/tα)\mathbb E\|\hat a_t - a^{(0)}\|^2 = O(\log t / t^\alpha)E∥a^t​−a(0)∥2=O(logt/tα).
  5. Eqs. (17), (18), (20): the quadratic revenue gap, the local Lipschitz bound on p(a)p(a)p(a), and ∣pt+1−p(a^t)∣≤∣TI(t)∣|p_{t+1} - p(\hat a_t)| \le |\mathrm{TI}(t)|∣pt+1​−p(a^t​)∣≤∣TI(t)∣ for large ttt.
  6. The closing bound E[(pt−popt)2]=O(tα−1+log⁡t/tα)\mathbb E[(p_t - p_{\mathrm{opt}})^2] = O(t^{\alpha-1} + \log t/t^\alpha)E[(pt​−popt​)2]=O(tα−1+logt/tα).

Significance

The theorem shows that a policy that is certainty equivalent almost all of the time, with a single interpretable tuning parameter α\alphaα, attains regret O(T1/2+δ)O(T^{1/2+\delta})O(T1/2+δ) in generalized linear demand models, without distributional assumptions beyond two moments. It explains the role of α\alphaα precisely: TαT^\alphaTα is the cost of exploration and T1−αlog⁡TT^{1-\alpha}\log TT1−αlogT the cost of estimation error. Proposition 2 and Lemma 1 are reusable for any policy that enforces a variance floor on its actions, and (11) is a self-contained rate for least squares under adaptively chosen designs.

The result is proved in the paper, with Proposition 3 delegated to den Boer and Zwart (2012) for general links. To our knowledge none of it has been machine-checked. A formalization would verify the delegated consistency argument, fix the conditions under which it applies (see Formalization scope), and provide a Lean development of adaptive least squares and quasi-likelihood rates that the related Keskin–Zeevi missions also need.

Difficulty

The deterministic parts are short. The difficulty is Proposition 3. The prices are chosen adaptively from past data, so the regressors are not independent of the noise, and standard rates for (quasi-)likelihood estimates do not apply. The natural argument, bounding ∥a^t−a(0)∥2\|\hat a_t - a^{(0)}\|^2∥a^t​−a(0)∥2 by Qt/λmin⁡(Pt)Q_t/\lambda_{\min}(P_t)Qt​/λmin​(Pt​) with QtQ_tQt​ a self-normalized martingale quadratic form, needs a bound E[Qt]=O(log⁡t)\mathbb E[Q_t] = O(\log t)E[Qt​]=O(logt) that holds in expectation and not only almost surely, as in Lai and Wei (1982). For a non-linear link the MQLE is defined only implicitly, and its existence near a(0)a^{(0)}a(0) has to be shown first, with a moment bound on the last time it fails. That is the random time TρT_\rhoTρ​. Turning almost-sure consistency into a rate in expectation is where most of the work lies.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace CVPricing.Regret. Periods are 1-based. Prices, demands and parameters are real; a=(a0,a1)∈R×Ra = (a_0, a_1) \in \mathbb R \times \mathbb Ra=(a0​,a1​)∈R×R with the Euclidean norm (euclidNorm), not Mathlib's sup norm. The design matrix, sample mean and tVar⁡(p)tt\operatorname{Var}(p)_ttVar(p)t​ are the published Keskin–Zeevi definitions fisherOf, avgPriceOf, infoMetricOf. Every O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is "there is K>0K > 0K>0 such that for all ttt", with KKK quantified after the model data. Rates are stated for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2 and the regret for T≥1T \ge 1T≥1. hhh and vvv are total functions constrained on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). A root of (3) counts only where a^0+a^1pi≥0\hat a_0 + \hat a_1 p_i \ge 0a^0​+a^1​pi​≥0 for every observed pip_ipi​. CVP is a predicate on a realized path that allows every maximizer in (7) and (8).

Disclosed deviations from the page:

  • the model requires a0(0)+a1(0)ph>0a_0^{(0)} + a_1^{(0)}p_h > 0a0(0)​+a1(0)​ph​>0 (printed: ≥0\ge 0≥0), because in the boundary case the policy's case (c) fires infinitely often and the proof of Theorem 1 does not cover it;
  • (3) is assumed to have at most one root (the page notes roots need not be unique, and the policy cannot select the root nearest a(0)a^{(0)}a(0));
  • the neighbourhood assumption is read as a unique maximizer over [pl,ph][p_l, p_h][pl​,ph​] lying in (pl,ph)(p_l, p_h)(pl​,ph​);
  • the demand process is given by its conditional mean, its conditional variance and (2), with integrable noise moments, not by a fixed law D(p)D(p)D(p);
  • the initial prices are deterministic.

Corrected slips: Proposition 2 is stated for c≤2−α(p1−p2)2min⁡{1/2,(3α)−1}c \le 2^{-\alpha}(p_1-p_2)^2\min\{1/2,(3\alpha)^{-1}\}c≤2−α(p1​−p2​)2min{1/2,(3α)−1}, because the printed range fails at t=2t=2t=2 (Var⁡(p)2=(p1−p2)2/4\operatorname{Var}(p)_2 = (p_1-p_2)^2/4Var(p)2​=(p1​−p2​)2/4, not /2/2/2). Theorem 1 keeps the printed range. Eq. (20) is stated for pt+1p_{t+1}pt+1​ and for ttt beyond an explicit threshold.

The goal does not assume the variance bound, consistency or (20). The policy contains the variance check and the taboo interval, and the regret is the expectation over the actual price process. A statement that assumed any of these, or that dropped the taboo step, would be trivial or false. Contributions are welcome on adaptive least squares (Sherman–Morrison and determinant-ratio bounds), martingale last-time moment bounds, and the implicit-function step (18).

Selected references

  • A. V. den Boer, B. Zwart, Simultaneously Learning and Optimizing Using Controlled Variance Pricing, Management Science 60(3):770–783, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2013.1788
  • A. V. den Boer, B. Zwart, Mean square convergence rates for maximum quasi-likelihood estimators, Stochastic Systems 4(2):375–403, 2014 (cited as 2012 working paper). https://doi.org/10.1214/12-SSY086
  • T. L. Lai, C. Z. Wei, Least squares estimates in stochastic regression models with applications to identification and control of dynamic systems, Annals of Statistics 10(1):154–166, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176345697
  • T. L. Lai, H. Robbins, Iterated least squares in multiperiod control, Advances in Applied Mathematics 3(1):50–73, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0196-8858(82)80005-5
  • N. B. Keskin, A. Zeevi, Dynamic Pricing with an Unknown Demand Model: Asymptotically Optimal Semi-Myopic Policies, Operations Research 62(5):1142–1167, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1294
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneously Learning and Optimizing Using Controlled Variance Pricing 2: Certainty Equivalent Pricing Fails to Converge to the Optimal Price with Positive ProbabilityResearch Paper

Why myopic pricing is a problem

A seller who does not know how demand responds to price has to learn the demand curve from its own sales while it is selling. The most natural policy is certainty equivalent pricing (also called myopic pricing or passive learning): after every period, estimate the unknown demand parameters from all data collected so far, and charge the price that would be optimal if the estimates were the truth. It is simple, uses all data, and is what a price manager would do without further thought.

den Boer and Zwart (Management Science 60(3):770–783, 2014) show that this policy can fail. In the linear-demand, Gaussian-noise model, the prices it produces fail to converge to the optimal price with positive probability: the policy is not strongly consistent. The result motivates the paper's main contribution, controlled variance pricing, which adds just enough price dispersion to keep learning (treated in the companion mission of this series).

The phenomenon has a history in adaptive control:

  • 1976. Anderson and Taylor study the linear system yt=a0+a1xt+ϵty_t = a_0 + a_1x_t + \epsilon_tyt​=a0​+a1​xt​+ϵt​ controlled by a certainty equivalent rule that steers yty_tyt​ to a target, and examine by simulation the statistical properties of the least squares estimates it produces (Econometrica 44(6), 1976).
  • 1982. Lai and Robbins (Adv. Appl. Math. 3(1), 1982) prove that there are parameter values for which the certainty equivalent controls converge with positive probability to a value different from the optimal control.
  • 2014. den Boer and Zwart adapt the argument to revenue maximization with linear demand, without the conditions Lai and Robbins place on the initial inputs and the input bounds: any two different initial prices in [pl,ph][p_l, p_h][pl​,ph​] give the failure with positive probability.

Setting

A monopolist sells one product in periods t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,… at prices ptp_tpt​ from an interval [pl,ph][p_l, p_h][pl​,ph​] with 0<pl<ph0 < p_l < p_h0<pl​<ph​. The demand in period ttt is

dt=a0(0)+a1(0)pt+et,d_t = a_0^{(0)} + a_1^{(0)} p_t + e_t ,dt​=a0(0)​+a1(0)​pt​+et​,

where e1,e2,…e_1, e_2, \dotse1​,e2​,… are independent N(0,σ2)N(0, \sigma^2)N(0,σ2) random variables. The parameters are unknown to the seller and satisfy σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0, a0(0)>0a_0^{(0)} > 0a0(0)​>0, a1(0)<0a_1^{(0)} < 0a1(0)​<0, a0(0)+a1(0)ph≥0a_0^{(0)} + a_1^{(0)}p_h \ge 0a0(0)​+a1(0)​ph​≥0. The expected revenue at price ppp is r(p,a0,a1)=p(a0+a1p)r(p, a_0, a_1) = p(a_0 + a_1p)r(p,a0​,a1​)=p(a0​+a1​p), maximized at the optimal price

popt=−a0(0)2a1(0),pl<popt<ph.p_{\mathrm{opt}} = -\frac{a_0^{(0)}}{2a_1^{(0)}}, \qquad p_l < p_{\mathrm{opt}} < p_h .popt​=−2a1(0)​a0(0)​​,pl​<popt​<ph​.

Certainty equivalent pricing charges two different initial prices p1≠p2p_1 \ne p_2p1​=p2​ in [pl,ph][p_l, p_h][pl​,ph​]. After t≥2t \ge 2t≥2 periods it computes the least squares estimates a^t=(a^0t,a^1t)\hat a_t = (\hat a_{0t}, \hat a_{1t})a^t​=(a^0t​,a^1t​), the solution of the normal equations ∑i≤t(1,pi)T(di−a^0t−a^1tpi)=0\sum_{i \le t}(1, p_i)^{\mathsf T}(d_i - \hat a_{0t} - \hat a_{1t}p_i) = 0∑i≤t​(1,pi​)T(di​−a^0t​−a^1t​pi​)=0, and charges

pt+1=arg⁡max⁡p∈[pl,ph]p (a^0t+a^1tp),p_{t+1} = \arg\max_{p \in [p_l, p_h]} p\,(\hat a_{0t} + \hat a_{1t}p),pt+1​=argp∈[pl​,ph​]max​p(a^0t​+a^1t​p),

with pt+1=php_{t+1} = p_hpt+1​=ph​ when the estimated slope a^1t\hat a_{1t}a^1t​ is nonnegative.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

P(pt↛popt)>0.P\big(p_t \not\to p_{\mathrm{opt}}\big) > 0 .P(pt​→popt​)>0.

The goal states only the failure of convergence, for every admissible parameter and every pair of different initial prices; it does not fix where the prices go.

Stronger: the prices stick at the boundary

P(pt=ph for all t≥3)>0.P\big(p_t = p_h \ \text{for all } t \ge 3\big) > 0 .P(pt​=ph​ for all t≥3)>0.

This is what the paper's argument establishes; since popt<php_{\mathrm{opt}} < p_hpopt​<ph​ it implies the goal.

Milestones

The milestones are the displayed steps of the appendix proof, in attack order: the determinant of the coefficient matrix of the linear system (12); the bound P(sup⁡t≥3∣(t−2)−1∑i=3tei∣>ϵ)≤8σ2ϵ−2<1P(\sup_{t \ge 3}|(t-2)^{-1}\sum_{i=3}^t e_i| > \epsilon) \le 8\sigma^2\epsilon^{-2} < 1P(supt≥3​∣(t−2)−1∑i=3t​ei​∣>ϵ)≤8σ2ϵ−2<1 for ϵ>8 σ\epsilon > \sqrt 8\,\sigmaϵ>8​σ; positivity of the probability of an explicit event AδA_\deltaAδ​ on the noise for large δ\deltaδ; the case t=2t = 2t=2 (the first fitted line pushes p3p_3p3​ to php_hph​); the representation a^t−a(0)=(eˉt−pˉtCt/Vt, Ct/Vt)\hat a_t - a^{(0)} = (\bar e_t - \bar p_tC_t/V_t,\ C_t/V_t)a^t​−a(0)=(eˉt​−pˉ​t​Ct​/Vt​, Ct​/Vt​) of the least squares error; recursive and closed forms of VtV_tVt​ and CtC_tCt​; and the deterministic induction that every noise path in AδA_\deltaAδ​ keeps the price at php_hph​ forever.

Significance

The result is the standard counterexample to certainty equivalence in dynamic pricing. It shows that estimation and optimization cannot be separated naively: a policy that always exploits its current estimate can lock itself into a price at which the data no longer move the estimate enough to correct it. Every later policy in this literature that forces exploration (controlled variance pricing, semi-myopic policies, constrained iterated least squares) is designed against this failure, and its necessity is argued by pointing to results of this kind.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it adds:

  • a verified pathwise analysis of the least squares recursion along a price path, reusable for other proofs about adaptive estimation with two parameters;
  • a verified maximal bound for running means of i.i.d. Gaussian noise, of the kind used in many consistency proofs;
  • a clean probabilistic statement of the failure, against which consistency results for exploration policies can later be contrasted.

Difficulty

The obvious heuristic, "with positive probability the first two observations are so noisy that the fitted slope is wrong", is not enough: one bad estimate is corrected by later data unless the policy stops generating informative data. The proof has to control the whole infinite future. It does so by showing that on a single event, defined through the first two noise values and a uniform bound on all later running means, the price stays at php_hph​ forever, which requires the closed form of the least squares estimate along a price path that is constant from period 3 on. That event involves infinitely many noise variables, so its probability is positive only through a maximal inequality, and independence between (e1,e2)(e_1, e_2)(e1​,e2​) and the later noise. A second subtlety is the choice of constants: the size of the band δ\deltaδ enters the conditions on (e1,e2)(e_1, e_2)(e1​,e2​), so the order in which δ\deltaδ and the set of admissible (e1,e2)(e_1, e_2)(e1​,e2​) are chosen matters (the printed proof picks them in a circular order; a non-circular choice exists).

Formalization scope

  • Model. CVPricing.CertEquiv.Model bundles pl,ph,a0(0),a1(0),σp_l, p_h, a_0^{(0)}, a_1^{(0)}, \sigmapl​,ph​,a0(0)​,a1(0)​,σ with the standing assumptions of §2 as fields, including pl<popt<php_l < p_{\mathrm{opt}} < p_hpl​<popt​<ph​ (the paper's neighbourhood assumption specialized to linear demand). The noise is the referenced published definition RobustBooking.Shared.GaussianNoise (measurable, mutually independent, each N(0,σ2)N(0, \sigma^2)N(0,σ2)); its Lean index kkk is period k+1k+1k+1, so the paper's eie_iei​ is ε (i - 1).
  • Policy. cePrice is a deterministic recursion on a noise path, so the random price process is obtained by evaluating it at ω\omegaω. Periods are 1-based. The least squares estimate is the referenced KeskinZeevi.SufficientConditions.lsEstimateOf, the solution of the normal equations (4), unique whenever p1≠p2p_1 \ne p_2p1​=p2​. The certainty equivalent rule is the projection of −a^0t/(2a^1t)-\hat a_{0t}/(2\hat a_{1t})−a^0t​/(2a^1t​) onto [pl,ph][p_l, p_h][pl​,ph​] when a^1t<0\hat a_{1t} < 0a^1t​<0, and php_hph​ when a^1t≥0\hat a_{1t} \ge 0a^1t​≥0; the latter is the convention the paper's proof adopts for wrong-signed estimates.
  • Corrected slips. The definition of the event AAA is printed with "δ∣eˉt∣≤δ\delta|\bar e_t| \le \deltaδ∣eˉt​∣≤δ" (read ∣eˉt∣≤δ|\bar e_t| \le \delta∣eˉt​∣≤δ) and with its second line missing a factor δ\deltaδ on the term (2ph−p1−p2)(2p_h - p_1 - p_2)(2ph​−p1​−p2​); both are restored as in (12) and the last display of the proof. The intercept of the first fitted line is printed without a0(0)a_0^{(0)}a0(0)​; the correct intercept is stated, and the printed condition remains sufficient for p3=php_3 = p_hp3​=ph​.
  • WLOG. The steps of the proof assume p1<p2p_1 < p_2p1​<p2​ and are stated under that ordering; the goal and the stronger statement cover p1≠p2p_1 \ne p_2p1​=p2​.
  • No trivialization. The goal is a statement about the Gaussian law of the noise: a theorem that exhibits one bad noise path, or that assumes P(A)>0P(A) > 0P(A)>0, does not prove it. The event in the goal is a set of outcomes whose measurability is not asserted.
  • Welcome contributions. Kolmogorov's maximal inequality for sums of independent square-integrable variables; least squares identities for two-parameter regression; the independence argument separating (e1,e2)(e_1, e_2)(e1​,e2​) from the later noise.

Selected references

  • A. V. den Boer, B. Zwart, Simultaneously Learning and Optimizing Using Controlled Variance Pricing, Management Science 60(3):770–783, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2013.1788
  • T. L. Lai, H. Robbins, Iterated least squares in multiperiod control, Advances in Applied Mathematics 3(1):50–73, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0196-8858(82)80005-5
  • T. W. Anderson, J. B. Taylor, Some experimental results on the statistical properties of least squares estimates in control problems, Econometrica 44(6):1289–1302, 1976. https://doi.org/10.2307/1914261
  • Y. S. Chow, H. Teicher, Probability Theory: Independence, Interchangeability, Martingales, 3rd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1950-7
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchReinforcement LearningStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Learning in Structured MDPs with Convex Cost Functions: Improved Regret Bounds for Inventory Management: Base-Stock Values from Any Two Starting States Differ by at Most 36 max(h,p)LxResearch Paper

Motivation

The lost-sales inventory problem with lead times is a basic model of operations management. A retailer reviews one product's stock each period and places an order that arrives LLL periods later. Demand that cannot be met from stock on hand is lost, and the retailer pays a holding cost hhh per unit left on the shelf and a penalty ppp per unit of lost demand. The optimal policy depends on the whole pipeline of outstanding orders, so the state space grows with LLL, and the problem is computationally hard for long lead times. Simple base-stock (order-up-to) policies are therefore the standard heuristic, and Huh, Janakiraman, Muckstadt and Rusmevichientong (Management Science 2009) showed they are asymptotically optimal as the lost-sales penalty grows.

Agrawal and Jia (arXiv:1905.04337) study the learning version, in which the demand distribution is unknown and only sales, not demands, are observed. They give an algorithm whose regret against the best base-stock policy is O~(LT)\tilde O(L\sqrt T)O~(LT​), improving the earlier bound of Zhang, Chao and Shi, which grows exponentially in LLL. The improvement rests on one structural fact: started from two different states, the base-stock system accumulates expected costs that differ by an amount linear in LLL and independent of the horizon. That fact, Lemma 2.5 of the paper, is the goal of this mission.

Setting

Fix a lead time L≥0L\ge 0L≥0 and a base-stock level xxx. A state is a vector s=(s(0),s(1),…,s(L))\mathbf s=(s(0),s(1),\dots,s(L))s=(s(0),s(1),…,s(L)) of real numbers. Its entry s(0)s(0)s(0) is the on-hand inventory after the current period's arrival, and s(1),…,s(L)s(1),\dots,s(L)s(1),…,s(L) are the outstanding orders, s(L)s(L)s(L) the most recent. Under a base-stock policy with level xxx the states lie in

Sx={s:s(i)≥0 for all i, ∑i=0Ls(i)=x}.\mathcal S^x=\Big\{\mathbf s : s(i)\ge 0\ \text{for all } i,\ \sum_{i=0}^{L}s(i)=x\Big\}.Sx={s:s(i)≥0 for all i, i=0∑L​s(i)=x}.

In each period ttt a demand dt≥0d_t\ge 0dt​≥0 is drawn, independently across periods, from a distribution FFF on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The sales are yt=min⁡{st(0),dt}y_t=\min\{s_t(0),d_t\}yt​=min{st​(0),dt​} and the on-hand inventory is It=st(0)I_t=s_t(0)It​=st​(0). The policy reorders exactly what was sold, so for L≥1L\ge 1L≥1 the next state is

st+1=(st(0)−yt+st(1), st(2), …, st(L), yt),\mathbf s_{t+1}=\big(s_t(0)-y_t+s_t(1),\ s_t(2),\ \dots,\ s_t(L),\ y_t\big),st+1​=(st​(0)−yt​+st​(1), st​(2), …, st​(L), yt​),

and for L=0L=0L=0 the state (x)(x)(x) never changes. The pseudo-cost of period ttt is Ctx=h(st(0)−yt)−p ytC^x_t=h(s_t(0)-y_t)-p\,y_tCtx​=h(st​(0)−yt​)−pyt​, and the value over horizon TTT from the start state s\mathbf ss is

VTx(s)=E[∑t=1TCtx ∣ s1=s].V^x_T(\mathbf s)=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^{T}C^x_t\ \Big|\ \mathbf s_1=\mathbf s\Big].VTx​(s)=E[t=1∑T​Ctx​ ​ s1​=s].

Along a demand path, nTx(s)=∑t=1Tytn^x_T(\mathbf s)=\sum_{t=1}^T y_tnTx​(s)=∑t=1T​yt​ is the total sales and mTx(s)=∑t=1TItm^x_T(\mathbf s)=\sum_{t=1}^T I_tmTx​(s)=∑t=1T​It​ the total on-hand inventory.

States are compared by the order of Definition B.1: s′⪰s\mathbf s'\succeq\mathbf ss′⪰s if s′−s=δ\mathbf s'-\mathbf s=\deltas′−s=δ with ∑iδi=0\sum_i\delta_i=0∑i​δi​=0 and some 0≤k≤L−10\le k\le L-10≤k≤L−1 such that δi≥0\delta_i\ge 0δi​≥0 for i≤ki\le ki≤k and δi≤0\delta_i\le 0δi​≤0 for i>ki>ki>k. Thus s′\mathbf s's′ holds the same total, shifted toward the shelf. The state s^=(x,0,…,0)\hat{\mathbf s}=(x,0,\dots,0)s^=(x,0,…,0) dominates every state of Sx\mathcal S^xSx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.5 (p. 8)

For every xxx, every horizon TTT, all costs h,p≥0h,p\ge 0h,p≥0, every demand law FFF and all s,s′∈Sx\mathbf s,\mathbf s'\in\mathcal S^xs,s′∈Sx,

VTx(s)−VTx(s′)≤36max⁡(h,p) L x.V^x_T(\mathbf s)-V^x_T(\mathbf s')\le 36\max(h,p)\,L\,x .VTx​(s)−VTx​(s′)≤36max(h,p)Lx.

The constant is the paper's printed one. The proof's last display gives 18(h+p)Lx18(h+p)Lx18(h+p)Lx, a stronger bound, which is deliberately not the goal.

Milestones (Appendix B and the proof of Lemma 2.5)

All of the following hold for L≥1L\ge 1L≥1, along any single demand path that drives both chains:

  1. Lemma B.2 (p. 20). If s1′⪰s1\mathbf s'_1\succeq\mathbf s_1s1′​⪰s1​ then for t≤L+1t\le L+1t≤L+1 the cumulative sales satisfy Yt′−Yt≤max⁡0≤k≤t−1(δ0+⋯+δk)Y'_t-Y_t\le\max_{0\le k\le t-1}(\delta_0+\dots+\delta_k)Yt′​−Yt​≤max0≤k≤t−1​(δ0​+⋯+δk​).
  2. Lemma B.3 (p. 20). If moreover It′≥ItI'_t\ge I_tIt′​≥It​ for t=1,…,L+1t=1,\dots,L+1t=1,…,L+1, then nT(sL+1′)=nT(sL+1)n_T(\mathbf s'_{L+1})=n_T(\mathbf s_{L+1})nT​(sL+1′​)=nT​(sL+1​) for every TTT.
  3. Lemma B.5 (p. 21). At the successive first crossing times σi,τi\sigma_i,\tau_iσi​,τi​ of Definition B.4, the state order alternates: sσi′⪰sσi\mathbf s'_{\sigma_i}\succeq\mathbf s_{\sigma_i}sσi​′​⪰sσi​​ and sτi′⪯sτi\mathbf s'_{\tau_i}\preceq\mathbf s_{\tau_i}sτi​′​⪯sτi​​ whenever these times exist.
  4. Lemma B.6 (p. 21). If s′⪰s\mathbf s'\succeq\mathbf ss′⪰s in Sx\mathcal S^xSx then ∣nTx(s′)−nTx(s)∣≤3x|n^x_T(\mathbf s')-n^x_T(\mathbf s)|\le 3x∣nTx​(s′)−nTx​(s)∣≤3x.
  5. Lemma B.7 (p. 23). If s′⪰s\mathbf s'\succeq\mathbf ss′⪰s in Sx\mathcal S^xSx then ∣mTx(s)−mTx(s′)∣≤6Lx|m^x_T(\mathbf s)-m^x_T(\mathbf s')|\le 6Lx∣mTx​(s)−mTx​(s′)∣≤6Lx.
  6. Proof of Lemma 2.5 (p. 9). s^⪰s\hat{\mathbf s}\succeq\mathbf ss^⪰s for every s∈Sx\mathbf s\in\mathcal S^xs∈Sx.
  7. Proof of Lemma 2.5 (p. 9). ∣VTx(s)−VTx(s^)∣≤9(h+p)Lx|V^x_T(\mathbf s)-V^x_T(\hat{\mathbf s})|\le 9(h+p)Lx∣VTx​(s)−VTx​(s^)∣≤9(h+p)Lx.

Significance

Lemma 2.5 bounds the dependence of the base-stock chain's finite-horizon cost on its starting state, uniformly in the horizon. In the paper it yields three consequences: the long-run average cost (the loss) of a base-stock policy does not depend on the initial state (Lemma 2.6), the bias of the chain is bounded by 36max⁡(h,p)Lx36\max(h,p)Lx36max(h,p)Lx (Lemma 2.8), and finite-horizon average costs concentrate around the loss (Lemma 2.10). These feed the regret bound of Theorem 1.3. The lemma is also a statement about the base-stock lost-sales system alone, without any learning, so it is of independent interest for coupling arguments on lost-sales chains.

The paper's proof is complete on paper, but nothing in it has a machine-checked proof. Neither the lost-sales base-stock chain with lead times started from an arbitrary pipeline state nor any of the coupling lemmas of Appendix B is formalized elsewhere. This mission produces a checked proof of the goal and of the pathwise comparison lemmas. Theorem 1.3 is not posed: its supporting lemmas rely on limits whose existence the paper settles only by an informal discretization (Remark 4).

Difficulty

The obvious argument couples the two chains on a common demand path and waits until they coalesce. Coalescence is guaranteed only after LLL consecutive periods of zero demand, an event of probability exponentially small in LLL, so this argument gives a bound exponential in LLL. That is the bound of earlier work.

The linear bound needs a finer pathwise accounting. The two coupled chains do not stay ordered: the one that starts with more inventory on the shelf sells more at first, then runs short and sells less. The order ⪰\succeq⪰ between the two states alternates along a sequence of times, and the sales gained in one phase must be shown to be lost again in the next, so that the cumulative difference stays bounded by a constant multiple of xxx for every horizon. Turning this alternation into a bound requires tracking how the pipeline vectors evolve between alternation times, including the boundary cases in which the chains coalesce or the horizon ends inside a phase.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace LostSalesLearning.ValueGap. A state is a function Fin (L + 1) → ℝ, a demand path is a function ℕ → ℝ≥0, and time is 0-based: traj s d 0 is the paper's s1\mathbf s_1s1​, traj s d t is st+1\mathbf s_{t+1}st+1​, and ∑t=1T\sum_{t=1}^T∑t=1T​ is a sum over Finset.range T. The demand law FFF is a probability measure on ℝ≥0, and the demand path has the product law Measure.infinitePi (fun _ => F). The value is the expectation of the summed pseudo-costs, which equals Definition 2.4 by the tower property and is the form used in the paper's proof.

Committed conventions:

  • The costs satisfy h≥0h\ge 0h≥0 and p≥0p\ge 0p≥0, the reading of "per unit holding cost and per unit lost sales penalty".
  • No assumption is placed on FFF. The paper's assumptions F(0)>0F(0)>0F(0)>0 and bounded demand belong to other results.
  • The goal holds for every L≥0L\ge 0L≥0; the Appendix B milestones carry L≥1L\ge 1L≥1, as Appendix B does.
  • The order ⪰\succeq⪰ is Definition B.1 verbatim, with the equal-sum clause and the split index k≤L−1k\le L-1k≤L−1.
  • The pathwise milestones quantify over every demand path and drive both chains with the same path.
  • The first crossing times of Definition B.4 are represented by alternationTimes; an absent next crossing is none.

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out. A comparison of the two values on different or fixed demand paths would be a different statement: the goal compares two expectations under the same law, and each pathwise milestone uses one common path. A Bochner integral of a non-integrable function would be 000. The integrand here is measurable and bounded by T(h+p)xT(h+p)xT(h+p)x on Sx\mathcal S^xSx, so the values are genuine expectations.

A complete development needs the elementary dynamics of the chain, including invariance of Sx\mathcal S^xSx and the shift of trajectories, which is reusable for other lost-sales models. It also needs the alternation times of Definition B.4, and measurability of the trajectory in the demand path. Proofs of individual milestones, alternative proofs of the goal, and sharper constants as separate statements are all welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and R. Jia, Learning in Structured MDPs with Convex Cost Functions: Improved Regret Bounds for Inventory Management, arXiv:1905.04337v1, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.04337
  • W. T. Huh, G. Janakiraman, J. A. Muckstadt and P. Rusmevichientong, Asymptotic Optimality of Order-Up-To Policies in Lost Sales Inventory Systems, Management Science 55(3), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0945
  • H. Zhang, X. Chao and C. Shi, Closing the Gap: A Learning Algorithm for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems with Lead Times, Management Science 66(5), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2019.3288
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Order-up-to Policies in Lost Sales Inventory Systems: Ordering Up to the Newsvendor Level for Penalty b + τh Is Asymptotically Optimal as b → ∞Research Paper

Motivation

Periodic-review inventory systems face a simple choice each period: how much to order before the next demand is known. When unmet demand is lost, the order can affect the stock available several periods later without preserving a backlog that records earlier shortages. This makes the optimal policy difficult to describe when replenishment takes time. An order-up-to policy offers a practical rule: order enough to bring the inventory position to a fixed level. Huh, Janakiraman, Muckstadt and Rusmevichientong ask when that simple rule performs as well as the best admissible lost-sales policy as the penalty for a lost unit grows. Their working paper, pp. 3–4 and 17–18, proves asymptotic optimality for a particular level obtained from a related backorder system.

The motivating costs are concrete. A lost sale may represent an expedited service part or a missed sale whose cost is much larger than one period of holding inventory. The paper's central comparison concerns the high-penalty regime while holding the demand law, lead time and holding rate fixed. The fixed-level policy can be computed from the distribution of demand over the lead time plus the order period; it does not require solving the full lost-sales control problem. The paper also supplies a finite-penalty bound, which this mission retains as a milestone. Huh et al., pp. 3–4, 17–18.

Setting

Let D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\ldotsD1​,D2​,… be independent, identically distributed nonnegative demands with finite positive mean. An order takes a fixed integer lead time τ≥1\tau\ge1τ≥1 to arrive. At the start of period ttt, the order placed τ\tauτ periods earlier arrives; then a new order is placed, and demand DtD_tDt​ is observed. Unmet demand is lost. At period end, each unit remaining on hand incurs holding cost h>0h>0h>0, and each lost unit incurs penalty b>0b>0b>0. The inventory position counts on-hand units and outstanding orders. An order-up-to-SSS policy raises this position to S≥0S\ge0S≥0 whenever possible.

Write CL,S(h,b)C^{\mathcal L,S}(h,b)CL,S(h,b) for the long-run average cost of that policy and CL∗(h,b)C^{\mathcal L*}(h,b)CL∗(h,b) for the infimum over admissible policies. The corresponding backorder system retains unmet demand as negative net inventory and charges bbb per backordered unit per period. For an order-up-to level SSS, its stationary average cost is

CB,S(h,b)=hE[(S−D)+]+bE[(D−S)+],D=∑i=1τ+1Di.C^{\mathcal B,S}(h,b)=h\mathbb E[(S-\mathbf D)^+]+b\mathbb E[(\mathbf D-S)^+],\qquad \mathbf D=\sum_{i=1}^{\tau+1}D_i.CB,S(h,b)=hE[(S−D)+]+bE[(D−S)+],D=i=1∑τ+1​Di​.

The newsvendor level SB∗(h,b)S^{\mathcal B*}(h,b)SB∗(h,b) is the smallest nonnegative SSS with Pr⁡(D≤S)≥b/(b+h)\Pr(\mathbf D\le S)\ge b/(b+h)Pr(D≤S)≥b/(b+h); it attains the best backorder order-up-to cost CB∗(h,b)C^{\mathcal B*}(h,b)CB∗(h,b). The paper's Assumption 1 concerns this lead-time demand D\mathbf DD: if mD(t)=E[D−t∣D>t]m_{\mathbf D}(t)=\mathbb E[\mathbf D-t\mid\mathbf D>t]mD​(t)=E[D−t∣D>t] when the conditioning event has positive probability and zero otherwise, then mD(t)/t→0m_{\mathbf D}(t)/t\to0mD​(t)/t→0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞. Huh et al., pp. 3–4, 9, 11–12.

Formalization targets

Asymptotically optimal order-up-to level

Fix hhh, τ\tauτ and the demand law satisfying Assumption 1. Set Sb+τh=SB∗(h,b+τh)S_{b+\tau h}=S^{\mathcal B*}(h,b+\tau h)Sb+τh​=SB∗(h,b+τh). The goal is the equivalent multiplicative form of Theorem 15(b): for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, all sufficiently large bbb satisfy

inf⁡S≥0CL,S(h,b)≤CL,Sb+τh(h,b)≤(1+ε)CL∗(h,b).\inf_{S\ge0}C^{\mathcal L,S}(h,b)\le C^{\mathcal L,S_{b+\tau h}}(h,b)\le(1+\varepsilon)C^{\mathcal L*}(h,b).S≥0inf​CL,S(h,b)≤CL,Sb+τh​(h,b)≤(1+ε)CL∗(h,b).

The infimum over order-up-to levels captures the paper's best such policy. The right-hand comparator remains the infimum over all admissible lost-sales policies. The multiplicative form also covers an almost-surely constant demand law, where both costs can be zero and a literal ratio would be undefined. Huh et al., Theorem 15(b), p. 17.

Explicit finite-penalty bound

Theorem 15(a) is a milestone. With S′=SB∗(h,b/(τ+1))S'=S^{\mathcal B*}(h,b/(\tau+1))S′=SB∗(h,b/(τ+1)) and ψ(S′;h,q)=qE[(D−S′)+]/(hE[(S′−D)+])\psi(S';h,q)=q\mathbb E[(\mathbf D-S')^+]/(h\mathbb E[(S'-\mathbf D)^+])ψ(S′;h,q)=qE[(D−S′)+]/(hE[(S′−D)+]), its factor is

1+νbψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1))1+ψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1)),νb=(b+τh)(τ+1)b.\frac{1+\nu_b\psi(S';h,b/(\tau+1))}{1+\psi(S';h,b/(\tau+1))},\qquad \nu_b=\frac{(b+\tau h)(\tau+1)}{b}.1+ψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1))1+νb​ψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1))​,νb​=b(b+τh)(τ+1)​.

The milestone states the bound where the expected holding quantity in ψ\psiψ is positive. Earlier milestones state the pathwise comparison of the systems, the two-sided average-cost comparison with penalties b/(τ+1)b/(\tau+1)b/(τ+1) and b+τhb+\tau hb+τh, the lower bound on unrestricted lost-sales optimal cost, the newsvendor formula, and the backorder sensitivity results used by the theorem. Huh et al., Lemmas 5, 9, 13 and Theorems 6, 15, pp. 11–18.

Significance

The theorem gives a specific computable stock level whose relative cost loss vanishes in the high-penalty regime. It addresses the gap between a tractable backorder benchmark and the more difficult lost-sales control problem. The finite-penalty factor states how the comparison depends on lead time, holding cost, penalty and the shortage-to-holding ratio; the asymptotic statement alone would not quantify that dependence. The paper establishes these mathematical results; the mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the stated Lean targets. Huh et al., pp. 17–18.

Formalizing the result would also supply reusable infrastructure for coupled inventory systems: measurable demand-path laws, pathwise recursions with delayed delivery, extended nonnegative long-run costs, and a clean comparison between an explicit policy and the infimum over unrestricted policies. The backorder newsvendor and mean-residual-life components can be reused beyond this particular lost-sales model.

Difficulty

The backorder system has a closed stationary cost formula, while a lost-sales order-up-to process generally cannot be replaced directly by that formula. The paper notes that its on-hand inventory distribution need not converge from every starting state, even under a fixed order-up-to policy. One must therefore justify the long-run comparison without assuming stationarity from an arbitrary start. A second difficulty is the benchmark: comparing only against other order-up-to policies is too weak to establish Theorem 15, because the goal uses the optimal cost over all admissible lost-sales policies. Huh et al., pp. 14–16, 18.

Formalization scope

Lean reuses the published CappedBaseStock lost-sales model. Its demands are nonnegative and i.i.d. with finite positive mean; τ≥1\tau\ge1τ≥1 and h,b>0h,b>0h,b>0. Period zero in Lean is period one in the paper. Both coupled processes start with zero on-hand stock and an empty pipeline. Inventory XtX_tXt​ is read immediately after delivery, before current demand. Lost-sales costs lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and use the limsup of expected Cesàro averages; the backorder closed form uses real Bochner expectations under finite-mean demand. The paper's stationary lost-sales cost and this Cesàro cost are identified using its long-run results, but those convergence results are outside this proposal. Huh et al., pp. 14–16.

The paper prints nonnegative rates in Theorem 15, while its displayed newsvendor fraction and shortage-to-holding ratios require positive denominators. Theorem 6(a) therefore states the ratio limit for nonconstant demand laws. The main theorem uses a multiplicative limit bound that also covers constant demand, where the printed ratio is undefined.

The quantity CL∗C^{\mathcal L*}CL∗ is an infimum over measurable, history-dependent policies with private randomization; no attaining policy is assumed. The backorder optimum is an infimum over nonnegative order-up-to levels. Assumption 1 is imposed on the sum of τ+1\tau+1τ+1 demands, and the limit b→∞b\to\inftyb→∞ is expressed by a positive threshold uniform over all parameter records with the fixed lead time and holding rate. The mission excludes a restricted policy comparator, a fixed penalty, a one-period lead-time specialization, and Assumption 1 on single-period demand. Solvers may contribute proofs of any milestone, along with finite-mean and measurability lemmas needed to connect the model to the backorder benchmarks.

Selected references

  • W. T. Huh, G. Janakiraman, J. A. Muckstadt and P. Rusmevichientong, Asymptotic Optimality of Order-up-to Policies in Lost Sales Inventory Systems, working paper, December 4, 2006; published in Management Science 55(3), 2009. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.1080.0945.
  • G. Janakiraman, S. Seshadri and G. Shanthikumar, A Comparison of the Optimal Costs of Two Canonical Inventory Systems, working paper, Stern School of Business, New York University, 2005; bound quoted in Huh et al., §5, p. 13. Quoted source.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization with Stochastic Dominance Constraints: Lagrange Multipliers of a Second-Order Dominance Constraint Are Concave Nondecreasing Utility FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker choosing a random outcome XXX (a portfolio return, a policy's cost savings, a schedule's throughput) often has a reference outcome YYY, the result of a benchmark policy, and wants the new outcome to be preferable to it for every risk-averse decision maker, not just on average. Expected-utility theory (von Neumann and Morgenstern) makes this precise: XXX is preferred to YYY by every decision maker with a concave nondecreasing utility function uuu exactly when XXX dominates YYY in the second order, X⪰(2)YX\succeq_{(2)}YX⪰(2)​Y. Requiring X⪰(2)YX\succeq_{(2)}YX⪰(2)​Y as a constraint in an optimization problem avoids having to elicit any particular utility function, which is rarely possible in practice and impossible when several decision makers must agree.

Dentcheva and Ruszczyński (preprint 2002, published in SIAM J. Optim. 14(2), 2003) introduced optimization problems with stochastic dominance constraints and developed their optimality and duality theory. The central finding is that the Lagrange multiplier of a second-order dominance constraint is itself a concave nondecreasing utility function: the optimal solution maximizes the objective plus an expected utility, for a utility function implied by the problem. This interpretation underlies the later literature on dominance-constrained portfolio optimization, risk-averse stochastic programming, and the dual (quantile) theory of stochastic orders.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and L1=L1(Ω,F,P)\mathcal L^1=\mathcal L^1(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)L1=L1(Ω,F,P) the space of integrable random variables with its norm topology. For X∈L1X\in\mathcal L^1X∈L1 the distribution function is F(X;η)=P[X≤η]F(X;\eta)=P[X\le\eta]F(X;η)=P[X≤η] and the second-order shortfall function is

F2(X;η)=∫−∞ηF(X;α) dα,η∈R.(2.1)F_2(X;\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}F(X;\alpha)\,d\alpha,\qquad \eta\in\mathbb R. \tag{2.1}F2​(X;η)=∫−∞η​F(X;α)dα,η∈R.(2.1)

Changing the order of integration gives F2(X;η)=E[(η−X)+]F_2(X;\eta)=\mathbb E[(\eta-X)_+]F2​(X;η)=E[(η−X)+​] (2.6), where (⋅)+=max⁡(0,⋅)(\cdot)_+=\max(0,\cdot)(⋅)+​=max(0,⋅). The relation X⪰(2)YX\succeq_{(2)}YX⪰(2)​Y means F2(X;η)≤F2(Y;η)F_2(X;\eta)\le F_2(Y;\eta)F2​(X;η)≤F2​(Y;η) for all η\etaη, and A2(Y)={X∈L1:X⪰(2)Y}A_2(Y)=\{X\in\mathcal L^1:X\succeq_{(2)}Y\}A2​(Y)={X∈L1:X⪰(2)​Y}.

The problem data are a reference outcome Y∈L1Y\in\mathcal L^1Y∈L1, a convex closed set C⊆L1C\subseteq\mathcal L^1C⊆L1, a functional fff that is concave and continuous on CCC, and an interval [a,b][a,b][a,b]. The paper studies the relaxation in which dominance is enforced on [a,b][a,b][a,b]:

max⁡f(X)subject toE[(η−X)+]≤E[(η−Y)+]  for all η∈[a,b],X∈C.(3.1–3.3)\max f(X)\quad\text{subject to}\quad\mathbb E[(\eta-X)_+]\le\mathbb E[(\eta-Y)_+]\ \ \text{for all }\eta\in[a,b],\qquad X\in C. \tag{3.1–3.3}maxf(X)subject toE[(η−X)+​]≤E[(η−Y)+​]  for all η∈[a,b],X∈C.(3.1–3.3)

The uniform dominance condition (Definition 4.1) asks for some X~∈C\tilde X\in CX~∈C with inf⁡η∈[a,b]{F2(Y;η)−F2(X~;η)}>0\inf_{\eta\in[a,b]}\{F_2(Y;\eta)-F_2(\tilde X;\eta)\}>0infη∈[a,b]​{F2​(Y;η)−F2​(X~;η)}>0.

The multiplier class U1\mathcal U_1U1​ consists of the functions u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R that are concave and nondecreasing, vanish on [b,∞)[b,\infty)[b,∞), and are affine on (−∞,a](-\infty,a](−∞,a]: u(t)=u(a)+c(t−a)u(t)=u(a)+c(t-a)u(t)=u(a)+c(t−a) for t≤at\le at≤a, with a constant c≥0c\ge0c≥0. The Lagrangian is

L(X,u)=f(X)+E[u(X)]−E[u(Y)].(4.1)L(X,u)=f(X)+\mathbb E[u(X)]-\mathbb E[u(Y)]. \tag{4.1}L(X,u)=f(X)+E[u(X)]−E[u(Y)].(4.1)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

Assume the uniform dominance condition. If X^\hat XX^ is an optimal solution of (3.1)–(3.3), there is u^∈U1\hat u\in\mathcal U_1u^∈U1​ with

L(X^,u^)=max⁡X∈CL(X,u^)(4.2)andE[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)].(4.3)L(\hat X,\hat u)=\max_{X\in C}L(X,\hat u)\quad(4.2)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mathbb E[\hat u(\hat X)]=\mathbb E[\hat u(Y)].\quad(4.3)L(X^,u^)=X∈Cmax​L(X,u^)(4.2)andE[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)].(4.3)

Conversely, if for some u^∈U1\hat u\in\mathcal U_1u^∈U1​ a maximizer X^∈C\hat X\in CX^∈C of L(⋅,u^)L(\cdot,\hat u)L(⋅,u^) satisfies (3.2) and (4.3), then X^\hat XX^ is optimal for (3.1)–(3.3).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof. They are: finiteness of E[u(X)]\mathbb E[u(X)]E[u(X)] for u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​; the identity (2.6), already proved on the platform; Proposition 2.3 (convexity and closedness of A2(Y)A_2(Y)A2​(Y), and its recession cone); the concavity of the constraint operator G(X)(η)=F2(Y;η)−F2(X;η)G(X)(\eta)=F_2(Y;\eta)-F_2(X;\eta)G(X)(η)=F2​(Y;η)−F2​(X;η) with respect to the cone of nonnegative functions; the existence of a nonnegative measure multiplier μ^\hat\muμ^​ on [a,b][a,b][a,b] satisfying (4.5)–(4.6); the facts that the function uμ(t)=−∫tbμ([τ,b]) dτu_\mu(t)=-\int_t^b\mu([\tau,b])\,d\tauuμ​(t)=−∫tb​μ([τ,b])dτ (t<bt<bt<b), uμ(t)=0u_\mu(t)=0uμ​(t)=0 (t≥bt\ge bt≥b) of a nonnegative measure lies in U1\mathcal U_1U1​ and that every u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​ is uμu_\muuμ​ for exactly one μ\muμ; the key identity

∫abF2(X;η) dμ(η)=−E[uμ(X)];(4.9)\int_a^b F_2(X;\eta)\,d\mu(\eta)=-\mathbb E[u_\mu(X)]; \tag{4.9}∫ab​F2​(X;η)dμ(η)=−E[uμ​(X)];(4.9)

and the weak-duality step: (3.2) implies E[u(X)]≥E[u(Y)]\mathbb E[u(X)]\ge\mathbb E[u(Y)]E[u(X)]≥E[u(Y)] for every u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​.

Further: Theorem 5.1

With D(u)=sup⁡X∈CL(X,u)D(u)=\sup_{X\in C}L(X,u)D(u)=supX∈C​L(X,u), the dual problem min⁡u∈U1D(u)\min_{u\in\mathcal U_1}D(u)minu∈U1​​D(u) has a solution, its value equals the primal optimal value, and its solutions are exactly the u^∈U1\hat u\in\mathcal U_1u^∈U1​ satisfying (4.2)–(4.3).

Significance

Theorem 4.2 turns an infinite family of constraints, one for each η∈[a,b]\eta\in[a,b]η∈[a,b], into a single scalar trade-off: at the optimum, the decision maker behaves as an expected-utility maximizer for an implicit utility u^\hat uu^, and the dominance constraint is active exactly in the sense E[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)]\mathbb E[\hat u(\hat X)]=\mathbb E[\hat u(Y)]E[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)]. Theorem 5.1 makes U1\mathcal U_1U1​ the space of dual variables, which is the starting point of dual decomposition and cutting-plane methods for dominance-constrained problems and of their extensions to several constraints and to higher orders (Sections 6–7 of the paper, not part of this mission).

All results are proved in the paper. Apart from the identity (2.6), which is proved on the platform, none of them is formalized as far as the platform records show. A machine-checked development would provide, on top of the paper, a rigorous treatment of the measure–utility correspondence that the paper obtains from a textbook theorem "after an obvious adaptation", and a careful account of the multiplier class itself (see the scope section on the constant ccc). The definitions of F2F_2F2​ and of the identity (2.6) are shared with the platform's missions on Dual Stochastic Dominance and Related Mean-Risk Models (Ogryczak and Ruszczyński, 2002).

Difficulty

The necessity half needs a Lagrange multiplier for a constraint taking values in the infinite-dimensional space C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]); finite-dimensional convex duality does not apply, and the multiplier first appears as a nonnegative measure on [a,b][a,b][a,b], an element of the dual of C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]). A Slater-type point is required: without the uniform dominance condition the multiplier may not exist. This is why the dominance relation, which the paper first poses on all of R\mathbb RR, is relaxed to a bounded interval [a,b][a,b][a,b]: for a reference outcome with a smallest value y1y_1y1​, F2(Y;y1)=0F_2(Y;y_1)=0F2​(Y;y1​)=0, so no X~\tilde XX~ can dominate YYY strictly near y1y_1y1​.

The second obstacle is the translation of that measure into a utility function. The identity (4.9) requires an interchange of integrals over R×[a,b]\mathbb R\times[a,b]R×[a,b] and an integration by parts against the distribution function of an arbitrary integrable XXX, followed by a limit in which the integrability of XXX controls the linear growth of uuu at −∞-\infty−∞. The converse direction needs every u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​ to be represented by a unique measure, through the left derivative of a concave function.

Formalization scope

Outcomes are elements of Mathlib's L1L^1L1 space Ω →₁[P] ℝ over a probability measure P, coerced to functions inside integrals; no statement is pointwise in ω\omegaω. F2F_2F2​ is the published definition DualSSD.Shared.secondPerformance, a Bochner integral of P[X≤α]P[X\le\alpha]P[X≤α] over (−∞,η](-\infty,\eta](−∞,η]. The problem data form a structure whose fields include every standing assumption of the paper: CCC convex and closed, fff concave and continuous on CCC. The constraint (3.2) is stated in its printed expectation form, while Definition 4.1 and the proof objects use F2F_2F2​, as printed; their equality is (2.6).

Committed conventions:

  • U1\mathcal U_1U1​ uses c≥0c\ge0c≥0. The paper prints c>0c>0c>0. With c>0c>0c>0 the necessity half of Theorem 4.2 is false: take Y≡0Y\equiv0Y≡0, [a,b]=[1,2][a,b]=[1,2][a,b]=[1,2], f(X)=EXf(X)=\mathbb EXf(X)=EX and CCC the constant random variables with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Then X~≡1\tilde X\equiv1X~≡1 satisfies Definition 4.1, X^≡1\hat X\equiv1X^≡1 is optimal, and (4.3) forces c=0c=0c=0. The proof itself produces c=μ([a,b])c=\mu([a,b])c=μ([a,b]), which vanishes for the zero multiplier of a slack constraint, and the paper calls U1\mathcal U_1U1​ a convex cone, which must contain 000.
  • Definition 4.1's infimum is encoded as a positive lower bound ε\varepsilonε on [a,b][a,b][a,b]. "=max⁡X∈C=\max_{X\in C}=maxX∈C​" is encoded as membership in CCC plus an upper bound over CCC.
  • A nonnegative measure in rca([a,b])\mathbf{rca}([a,b])rca([a,b]) is a finite Borel measure on R\mathbb RR giving zero mass to the complement of [a,b][a,b][a,b], which is the paper's own extension by zero. Integrals ∫ab⋅ dμ\int_a^b\cdot\,d\mu∫ab​⋅dμ are over the closed interval, so atoms at aaa and bbb count.
  • No relation between aaa and bbb is assumed. For a>ba>ba>b every statement remains meaningful: the constraint is vacuous and U1={0}\mathcal U_1=\{0\}U1​={0}.
  • Theorem 5.1's dual function takes values in the extended reals.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a junk-valued expectation (a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function, which Lean sets to 000) cannot occur for u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​, and its integrability is a milestone. Dropping the concavity of fff or the convexity of CCC would make the necessity half false, so these assumptions are fields of the problem data.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: convex duality for cone constraints in C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]) (or a direct separation argument in R×C([a,b])\mathbb R\times\mathcal C([a,b])R×C([a,b])), the Riesz representation of nonnegative functionals on C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]), Fubini and integration by parts for Stieltjes measures, and the measure of a left-continuous monotone function. These pieces are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome. The extensions to several dominance constraints and to higher-order dominance are not included.

Selected references

  • D. Dentcheva and A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, preprint dated December 27, 2002 (Stochastic Programming E-Print Series); published in SIAM Journal on Optimization 14(2):548–566, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623402420528
  • W. Ogryczak and A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM Journal on Optimization 13(1):60–78, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • J. F. Bonnans and A. Shapiro, Perturbation Analysis of Optimization Problems, Springer, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1394-9
  • J. von Neumann and O. Morgenstern, Theory of Games and Economic Behavior, Princeton University Press, 1944.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Uniformly Bounded Regret in the Multi-Secretary Problem 1: The Budget-Ratio Policy Has Regret at Most a₁M(ε), Uniformly in the Number of Candidates n and the Budget kResearch Paper

Motivation

The multi-secretary problem is the simplest model of capacity allocation under uncertainty: a decision maker sees nnn candidates one at a time and may hire at most kkk of them, with every decision final. The same structure underlies single-resource revenue management (accepting or rejecting booking requests against a fixed inventory; see Talluri and van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, 2004), online knapsack and packing problems, and dynamic assortment of limited stock.

The performance of an online policy is measured against the offline benchmark, the value of the best kkk candidates chosen with full hindsight. The gap between the two is the regret.

  • In the version where the values arrive as a uniform random permutation, Kleinberg (2005) proved that the minimal regret is of order k\sqrt kk​ and gave an algorithm attaining it (as summarized in Remark 1 of the paper below).
  • Arlotto and Gurvich (arXiv:1710.07719, 2017; Stochastic Systems 2019) showed that when the values have a finite support, the optimal online policy, and an explicit simple policy, have regret bounded by a constant that does not depend on nnn or kkk. The constant depends only on the smallest probability mass.

This mission formalizes that upper bound.

Setting

Abilities take values in a finite set A={am<am−1<⋯<a1}\mathcal A=\{a_m<a_{m-1}<\dots<a_1\}A={am​<am−1​<⋯<a1​} of distinct positive reals, with probabilities fj=P(X=aj)>0f_j=\mathbb P(X=a_j)>0fj​=P(X=aj​)>0, ∑jfj=1\sum_j f_j=1∑j​fj​=1. Write Fˉ(aj)=f1+⋯+fj−1\bar F(a_j)=f_1+\dots+f_{j-1}Fˉ(aj​)=f1​+⋯+fj−1​ for the mass strictly above aja_jaj​, and

ϵ=12min⁡{fm,…,f1}.\epsilon=\tfrac12\min\{f_m,\dots,f_1\}.ϵ=21​min{fm​,…,f1​}.

The abilities X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ are independent with this distribution. Budget pairs range over the triangle T={(n,k):0≤k≤n}\mathcal T=\{(n,k):0\le k\le n\}T={(n,k):0≤k≤n}.

  • Offline value. Voff∗(n,k)=E[max⁡{∑tXtσt:σ∈{0,1}n, ∑tσt≤k}]V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)=\mathbb E\big[\max\{\sum_t X_t\sigma_t:\sigma\in\{0,1\}^n,\ \sum_t\sigma_t\le k\}\big]Voff∗​(n,k)=E[max{∑t​Xt​σt​:σ∈{0,1}n, ∑t​σt​≤k}].
  • Online policies. A policy decides σt∈{0,1}\sigma_t\in\{0,1\}σt​∈{0,1} using only X1,…,XtX_1,\dots,X_tX1​,…,Xt​ and must select at most kkk candidates on every realization. Π(n,k)\Pi(n,k)Π(n,k) is the set of such policies, Vonπ(n,k)=E[∑tXtσtπ]V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)=\mathbb E[\sum_t X_t\sigma^\pi_t]Vonπ​(n,k)=E[∑t​Xt​σtπ​], and Von∗(n,k)=max⁡π∈Π(n,k)Vonπ(n,k)V^*_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)=\max_{\pi\in\Pi(n,k)}V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)Von∗​(n,k)=maxπ∈Π(n,k)​Vonπ​(n,k).
  • Counts. ZjrZ^r_jZjr​ is the number of aja_jaj​-candidates among the first rrr. The offline sort selects Sjr=min⁡{Zjr,(k−∑i<jZir)+}\mathfrak S^r_j=\min\{Z^r_j,(k-\sum_{i<j}Z^r_i)_+\}Sjr​=min{Zjr​,(k−∑i<j​Zir​)+​} of them. Sjπ,rS^{\pi,r}_jSjπ,r​ counts those selected by π\piπ.
  • Action index. j0(n,k)j_0(n,k)j0​(n,k) is the largest jjj with Fˉ(aj)+12fj≤k/n\bar F(a_j)+\tfrac12f_j\le k/nFˉ(aj​)+21​fj​≤k/n, or 111 if there is none.
  • Thresholds. T1=0T_1=0T1​=0, Tj=Fˉ(aj)+12fjT_j=\bar F(a_j)+\tfrac12 f_jTj​=Fˉ(aj​)+21​fj​ for 2≤j≤m2\le j\le m2≤j≤m, and Tm+1=+∞T_{m+1}=+\inftyTm+1​=+∞.
  • Budget-Ratio (BR) policy. With remaining budget KtK_tKt​ (K0=kK_0=kK0​=k), at time t+1t+1t+1 the policy finds jjj with Tj≤Kt/(n−t)<Tj+1T_j\le K_t/(n-t)<T_{j+1}Tj​≤Kt​/(n−t)<Tj+1​. It selects Xt+1X_{t+1}Xt+1​ if and only if Kt>0K_t>0Kt​>0 and Xt+1≥ajX_{t+1}\ge a_jXt+1​≥aj​.
  • Stopping times. For 0<δ<ϵ0<\delta<\epsilon0<δ<ϵ, τ0\tau_0τ0​ is the first time the budget ratio comes within δ/2\delta/2δ/2 of a threshold, or the cut-off n−2δ−1−1n-2\delta^{-1}-1n−2δ−1−1. The time τ\tauτ of (20) is the first later time the ratio leaves the δ\deltaδ-band around that threshold, or the cut-off.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (first display)

For every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 there is a constant MMM such that for every instance with 12min⁡jfj=ϵ\tfrac12\min_jf_j=\epsilon21​minj​fj​=ϵ and all (n,k)∈T(n,k)\in\mathcal T(n,k)∈T, br∈Π(n,k)\mathrm{br}\in\Pi(n,k)br∈Π(n,k) and

Voff∗(n,k)−Von∗(n,k)≤Voff∗(n,k)−Vonbr(n,k)≤a1M.V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)-V^*_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)\le V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)-V^{\mathrm{br}}_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)\le a_1M.Voff∗​(n,k)−Von∗​(n,k)≤Voff∗​(n,k)−Vonbr​(n,k)≤a1​M.

No constant is fixed. Only the shape is asserted: a bound uniform in nnn, kkk, the support size and the distribution, given ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • The benchmark inequality Vonπ≤Voff∗V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}\le V^*_{\mathrm{off}}Vonπ​≤Voff∗​ (p. 5).
  • The sort identity Voff∗=∑jajE[Sjn]V^*_{\mathrm{off}}=\sum_ja_j\mathbb E[\mathfrak S^n_j]Voff∗​=∑j​aj​E[Sjn​] (4).
  • The binomial overshoot bound E[(B−k)+]≤1/(4ε)\mathbb E[(B-k)_+]\le1/(4\varepsilon)E[(B−k)+​]≤1/(4ε) (Lemma 2).
  • The offline decomposition Voff∗=∑i<jaiE[Zin]+ajE[Sjn]+aj+1E[Sj+1n]±a1/(4ϵ)V^*_{\mathrm{off}}=\sum_{i<j}a_i\mathbb E[Z^n_i]+a_j\mathbb E[\mathfrak S^n_j]+a_{j+1}\mathbb E[\mathfrak S^n_{j+1}]\pm a_1/(4\epsilon)Voff∗​=∑i<j​ai​E[Zin​]+aj​E[Sjn​]+aj+1​E[Sj+1n​]±a1​/(4ϵ) (Proposition 1).
  • The sufficient condition: four properties (i)–(iv) of a policy up to a stopping time imply regret at most 3a1M+a1/(4ϵ)3a_1M+a_1/(4\epsilon)3a1​M+a1​/(4ϵ) (Proposition 2).
  • The identification j0(n,k)=jj_0(n,k)=jj0​(n,k)=j on k/n∈[Tj,Tj+1)k/n\in[T_j,T_{j+1})k/n∈[Tj​,Tj+1​) (p. 17).
  • The BR selection probability and the jump bound ∣Kt/(n−t)−Kt+1/(n−t−1)∣≤δ/2|K_t/(n-t)-K_{t+1}/(n-t-1)|\le\delta/2∣Kt​/(n−t)−Kt+1​/(n−t−1)∣≤δ/2 (p. 13).
  • E[τ]≥n−M\mathbb E[\tau]\ge n-ME[τ]≥n−M (Theorem 2).
  • BR and τ\tauτ satisfy (i)–(iv) (Corollary 1).
  • The state-space reduction vℓ(w,κ)=w+gℓ(κ)v_\ell(w,\kappa)=w+g_\ell(\kappa)vℓ​(w,κ)=w+gℓ​(κ) of the Bellman recursion (Proposition 5).

Significance

The result. Bounded regret means that the loss from not knowing the future is a fixed number of candidates' worth of value, however long the horizon and however large the budget. The bound holds uniformly over all distributions with the same ϵ\epsilonϵ. It is attained by an explicit, adaptive, non-randomized rule that compares one ratio with mmm fixed thresholds. The companion result of the same paper shows that every non-adaptive policy suffers regret of order n\sqrt nn​ in the interior regime. Together they quantify the value of adapting to the remaining budget. Lemma 1 of the paper shows the dependence on ϵ\epsilonϵ cannot be removed.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, but no part of it is machine-checked; there is no multi-secretary or bounded-regret development on the platform. The mission produces several pieces of machinery: a reusable finite model of sequential selection with online policies and the offline benchmark; an explicit online policy with its stopping-time analysis; and a binomial overshoot bound usable elsewhere. The constant MMM is not made explicit in the paper. A formal proof would give one, and sharper constants are welcome.

Difficulty

The offline decomposition and the sufficient condition are bookkeeping with counts and one concentration bound. The hard step is Theorem 2: showing that the budget ratio Kt/(n−t)K_t/(n-t)Kt​/(n−t) stays within δ\deltaδ of its attracting threshold until a bounded expected number of periods before the end. Near the horizon a single selection moves the ratio by about 1/(n−t)1/(n-t)1/(n−t), so the band becomes easy to leave. Equivalently, the target δ(n−τ0−u)\delta(n-\tau_0-u)δ(n−τ0​−u) that the deviation process must exceed shrinks to zero. A standard martingale or drift argument with a fixed band therefore does not give a bound uniform in nnn. The paper combines the mean-reverting drift of the deviation process with an exponential tail bound (its Proposition 4) and a Lyapunov argument. A second subtlety is uniformity: every constant must depend on ϵ\epsilonϵ (and δ\deltaδ) only, never on mmm, the aja_jaj​, nnn or kkk.

Formalization scope

The source is arXiv:1710.07719v2; its printed page numbers equal the PDF page numbers.

Representation.

  • Ability levels are Fin m, with index 0 the largest value a1a_1a1​; Lean index iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1.
  • Each instance carries aaa strictly decreasing and positive, fff positive with ∑f=1\sum f=1∑f=1.
  • Expectations are finite sums over sequences x:Fin n→Fin mx:\mathrm{Fin}\,n\to\mathrm{Fin}\,mx:Finn→Finm weighted by ∏tf(xt)\prod_tf(x_t)∏t​f(xt​), so no measure theory is needed.
  • Policies are deterministic selection rules σ(x,t)\sigma(x,t)σ(x,t) that are non-anticipating and feasible. Von∗V^*_{\mathrm{on}}Von∗​ is a maximum over this finite set. The paper allows randomized policies; for this finite problem the optimal values coincide (p. 39). In any case, restricting to deterministic policies can only lower Von∗V^*_{\mathrm{on}}Von∗​ and so does not weaken the goal.
  • Voff∗V^*_{\mathrm{off}}Voff∗​ is defined as an expected maximum over selection vectors, not by the sort formula. The sort formula is a milestone.

Quantifiers. The constant MMM in the goal is chosen after ϵ\epsilonϵ and before mmm, the instance, nnn and kkk. A statement with MMM chosen after the instance, or after nnn, is trivial (regret ≤a1n\le a_1n≤a1​n) and is excluded.

Corrections to the printed text, disclosed in the items.

  1. In Theorem 2 and Corollary 1, MMM depends on the auxiliary δ∈(0,ϵ)\delta\in(0,\epsilon)δ∈(0,ϵ) as well, because τ\tauτ does. δ\deltaδ is quantified before MMM. The goal itself is δ\deltaδ-free.
  2. Lemma 2's conditions p+ε≤k/np+\varepsilon\le k/np+ε≤k/n, k/n≤p−εk/n\le p-\varepsilonk/n≤p−ε are stated as (p+ε)n≤k(p+\varepsilon)n\le k(p+ε)n≤k, k≤(p−ε)nk\le(p-\varepsilon)nk≤(p−ε)n, the form used in its proof. This avoids a false case at n=0n=0n=0.
  3. The BR rule is applied at every time t+1∈{1,…,n}t+1\in\{1,\dots,n\}t+1∈{1,…,n}; p. 11 writes {1,…,n−1}\{1,\dots,n-1\}{1,…,n−1}.
  4. τ\tauτ is capped at nnn, which matters only when n=0n=0n=0.
  5. In Proposition 5 the recursions are imposed for κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1 (boundary conditions at κ=0\kappa=0κ=0), and only identity (49) is stated.

Infrastructure. The model definitions (instance, offline value, online policies, counts, thresholds, action index) and the binomial overshoot lemma are reusable for other finite-support online selection and revenue-management results. All of the following are welcome:

  • proofs of individual milestones;
  • an explicit constant;
  • a formal derivation of Von∗(n,k)=vn(0,k)V^*_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)=v_n(0,k)Von∗​(n,k)=vn​(0,k) connecting Proposition 5 to Von∗V^*_{\mathrm{on}}Von∗​.

Selected references

  • A. Arlotto, I. Gurvich, Uniformly Bounded Regret in the Multi-Secretary Problem, arXiv:1710.07719v2, 2018; Stochastic Systems 9(3), 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1710.07719
  • R. Kleinberg, A multiple-choice secretary algorithm with applications to online auctions, SODA 2005. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/1070432.1070519
  • K. T. Talluri, G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
  • D. P. Bertsekas, S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities, Oxford University Press, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems 1: Finite-Sample Confidence Region for the Mean and CovarianceResearch Paper

Motivation

An optimization model often needs a probability distribution for an uncertain cost or demand, while a practitioner has only a finite sample from that distribution. Replacing the distribution by the empirical one can hide uncertainty in its estimated mean and covariance. Delage and Ye use a finite-sample confidence region for these two moments to justify a distributional ambiguity set in data-driven stochastic programming Delage and Ye, 2010. The present mission concerns the confidence region itself: it asks how far the population moments can be from the sample estimates when the normalized random vector has bounded support.

The source for every theorem index and page number here is the authors' draft dated 20 February 2008, not an independently checked pagination of the published article. Its §4 starts from independent observations and Assumption 4, then obtains a sample-mean bound, a covariance bound around the known mean, and finally the joint bound for estimates computed entirely from the sample.

Setting

Let ξ∈Rm\xi\in\mathbb R^mξ∈Rm have distribution PPP, mean μ=EP[ξ]\mu=\mathbb E_P[\xi]μ=EP​[ξ], and covariance Σ=EP[(ξ−μ)(ξ−μ)T]\Sigma=\mathbb E_P[(\xi-\mu)(\xi-\mu)^\mathsf T]Σ=EP​[(ξ−μ)(ξ−μ)T]. Assume Σ\SigmaΣ is positive definite. For M≥1M\ge1M≥1 independent observations ξ1,…,ξM\xi_1,\ldots,\xi_Mξ1​,…,ξM​, the empirical mean and empirical covariance in this section are

μ^=1M∑i=1Mξi,Σ^=1M∑i=1M(ξi−μ^)(ξi−μ^)T.\widehat\mu=\frac1M\sum_{i=1}^M\xi_i,\qquad \widehat\Sigma=\frac1M\sum_{i=1}^M(\xi_i-\widehat\mu)(\xi_i-\widehat\mu)^\mathsf T.μ​=M1​i=1∑M​ξi​,Σ=M1​i=1∑M​(ξi​−μ​)(ξi​−μ​)T.

The divisor is MMM, including for the covariance; the paper's earlier discussion of an unbiased estimator with divisor M−1M-1M−1 does not govern §4. When the true mean is known, write Σ^(μ)=M−1∑i(ξi−μ)(ξi−μ)T\widehat\Sigma(\mu)=M^{-1}\sum_i(\xi_i-\mu)(\xi_i-\mu)^\mathsf TΣ(μ)=M−1∑i​(ξi​−μ)(ξi​−μ)T. Matrix order A⪯BA\preceq BA⪯B means B−AB-AB−A is positive semidefinite. The squared Mahalanobis distance of a vector vvv is vTΣ−1vv^\mathsf T\Sigma^{-1}vvTΣ−1v.

Assumption 4 bounds the normalized observations: for some R≥0R\ge0R≥0, (ξ−μ)TΣ−1(ξ−μ)≤R2(\xi-\mu)^\mathsf T\Sigma^{-1}(\xi-\mu)\le R^2(ξ−μ)TΣ−1(ξ−μ)≤R2 with probability one. Equivalently, ζ=Σ−1/2(ξ−μ)\zeta=\Sigma^{-1/2}(\xi-\mu)ζ=Σ−1/2(ξ−μ) lies almost surely in a Euclidean ball of radius RRR; it has mean zero and covariance III. The sample law is PMP^MPM, the product measure of MMM identical copies. These choices make the probability in each target an assertion about genuinely independent observations.

Formalization targets

Simultaneous confidence region

For 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1, set

α(t)=R2M(1−mR4+log⁡(1/t)),β(t)=R2M(2+2log⁡(1/t))2.\alpha(t)=\frac{R^2}{\sqrt M}\left(\sqrt{1-\frac m{R^4}}+\sqrt{\log(1/t)}\right),\qquad \beta(t)=\frac{R^2}{M}\left(2+\sqrt{2\log(1/t)}\right)^2.α(t)=M​R2​(1−R4m​​+log(1/t)​),β(t)=MR2​(2+2log(1/t)​)2.

Theorem 2 is the goal. Write a=α(δ/4)a=\alpha(\delta/4)a=α(δ/4) and b=β(δ/2)b=\beta(\delta/2)b=β(δ/2), and assume a+b<1a+b<1a+b<1. The target is the simultaneous event

(μ^−μ)TΣ−1(μ^−μ)≤b,Σ⪯Σ^1−a−b,Σ^1+a⪯Σ(\widehat\mu-\mu)^\mathsf T\Sigma^{-1}(\widehat\mu-\mu)\le b, \qquad \Sigma\preceq\frac{\widehat\Sigma}{1-a-b}, \qquad \frac{\widehat\Sigma}{1+a}\preceq\Sigma(μ​−μ)TΣ−1(μ​−μ)≤b,Σ⪯1−a−bΣ​,1+aΣ​⪯Σ

with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ. The last denominator is a correction: printed (12c) says 1−a1-a1−a, while the authors' union-bound display on draft p. 13 says 1+a1+a1+a. The printed version fails, for example, for symmetric ±1\pm1±1 observations, whose sample covariance is 1−μ^21-\widehat\mu^21−μ​2 and for which its claimed lower bound would require an implausibly large sample-mean square. The proof's displayed bound gives the stated 1+a1+a1+a draft pp. 13–14.

Supporting results

Lemma 2 bounds the normalized sample mean. Corollary 1 turns it into the Mahalanobis bound for μ^−μ\widehat\mu-\muμ​−μ. Lemma 3 gives a two-sided matrix bound for M−1∑iζiζiTM^{-1}\sum_i\zeta_i\zeta_i^\mathsf TM−1∑i​ζi​ζiT​; Corollary 2 transfers that bound to Σ^(μ)\widehat\Sigma(\mu)Σ(μ). A separate theorem item states the centring identity Σ^(μ)=Σ^+(μ^−μ)(μ^−μ)T\widehat\Sigma(\mu)=\widehat\Sigma+(\widehat\mu-\mu)(\widehat\mu-\mu)^\mathsf TΣ(μ)=Σ+(μ​−μ)(μ​−μ)T. The final milestone is the rank-one matrix inequality used in Theorem 2's proof. Their statements follow the draft's §4.1–4.2.

Significance

The joint region places both true moments inside explicit data-dependent matrix inequalities at a chosen confidence level. That is the statistical input for the paper's later moment-based distributional uncertainty sets. The result is known in the source; this mission asks for machine-checked proofs of its corrected statement and its supporting concentration and matrix results. The Lean items are currently open theorem statements, so a successful draft compilation does not constitute formal verification of the inequalities.

Related platform results include a proved two-sided constant-bound McDiarmid inequality (UnderstandingML.mcdiarmid_inequality_pi) and an open per-coordinate upper-tail version (StabGen.Uniform.mcdiarmid_inequality). Neither is identical to the cited Theorem 1 of this draft, so the milestone list starts with the paper's Lemma 2 and does not restate Theorem 1.

Difficulty

The known-mean covariance estimate is a sum of outer products of normalized observations. Controlling its largest and smallest eigenvalues together requires concentration of a matrix-valued statistic, rather than a separate scalar bound for each entry. Once the true mean is replaced by μ^\widehat\muμ​, the covariance changes by a rank-one matrix; the mean bound must control that correction in Loewner order. A direct replacement of Σ^(μ)\widehat\Sigma(\mu)Σ(μ) by Σ^\widehat\SigmaΣ therefore does not preserve both sides of Corollary 2 automatically.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin m → ℝ, and matrices are real Fin m × Fin m matrices. The Euclidean squared length is a dot product; Lean's generic norm on functions is a supremum norm and is not used for it. The Loewner order is (B - A).PosSemidef. The distribution has a probability measure and coordinatewise finite L2L^2L2 moments, so its real-valued mean and covariance integrals are well defined. The true covariance is positive definite, reflecting the section's nonsingularity assumption. Samples have the product law PMP^MPM. The chapter's normalized case records zero mean, identity covariance, and the almost-sure ball bound.

Every statistical result assumes 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1; the logarithms and confidence levels are then in their intended domain. Positive MMM rules out division by zero in empirical averages. Lemma 3 carries the paper's explicit sample-size threshold, and the goal reads “MMM large enough” as a+b<1a+b<1a+b<1, which keeps the upper covariance denominator positive. The expression under the other square root is nonnegative in every satisfiable positive-dimensional normalized setting, because E∥ζ∥22=m≤R2\mathbb E\|\zeta\|_2^2=m\le R^2E∥ζ∥22​=m≤R2. It is not an added assumption. The probability conclusions use ≥1−δ\ge1-\delta≥1−δ, which is what the paper's proofs show despite the phrase “greater than.”

The goal assumes the source's distributional and support conditions, not the probability conclusions of its supporting corollaries. This prevents a vacuous route that merely postulates the desired confidence event. A complete proof will need reusable product-measure concentration facts, moment and matrix algebra, and a positive-definite quadratic-form bridge. Contributions to those components and to each milestone are in scope. Corollary 3's data-derived radius is excluded because the draft's conditioning argument does not establish its claimed confidence level. Corollary 4 as a probability statement, Theorem 3, and Corollary 5 depend on it; Remark 2 concerns a separate Gaussian eigenvalue density.

Selected references

  • Erick Delage and Yinyu Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3), 595–612, 2010; source used here: authors' draft of 20 February 2008. DOI.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Kullback–Leibler Upper Confidence Bounds for Optimal Sequential Allocation I: kl-UCB Draws a Suboptimal Arm log(T)/d(μ_a, μ*) + O(√log T) Times in One-Parameter Exponential FamiliesResearch Paper

Motivation

In a stochastic multi-armed bandit a player repeatedly chooses one of KKK distributions ("arms") and observes a reward drawn from it; the goal is to collect as much reward as possible, which amounts to pulling suboptimal arms as rarely as possible. Lai and Robbins (1985) showed that any reasonable strategy must pull a suboptimal arm aaa at least log⁡T/KL\log T / \mathrm{KL}logT/KL times up to horizon TTT, where KL\mathrm{KL}KL is a Kullback–Leibler divergence between arm aaa and the best arm, and Burnetas and Katehakis (1996) extended the bound to general models. Strategies matching this rate are called asymptotically optimal.

The popular UCB algorithms of Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer (2002) use Hoeffding-type confidence bounds and are not asymptotically optimal outside special cases. Cappé, Garivier, Maillard, Munos and Stoltz (Ann. Statist. 41(3), 2013; arXiv:1210.1136) analyse kl-UCB, which replaces the Hoeffding radius by a Kullback–Leibler confidence region, and prove a finite-horizon bound whose leading term is exactly the Lai–Robbins constant. This mission formalizes that result for one-parameter exponential families (Theorem 1), the main-text steps of its proof skeleton, and its two corollaries for bounded rewards.

Timeline: Lai and Robbins (1985) lower bound and asymptotically optimal index policies; Agrawal (1995) sample-mean based index policies; Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer (2002) finite-time analysis of UCB1; Garivier and Cappé (2011) kl-UCB for bounded rewards; Cappé et al. (2013) the unified analysis formalized here.

Setting

A canonical exponential family D={νθ:θ∈Θ}\mathcal D = \{\nu_\theta : \theta\in\Theta\}D={νθ​:θ∈Θ} is given by a dominating measure ρ\rhoρ on R\mathbb RR and a function bbb, with densities dνθdρ(x)=exp⁡(xθ−b(θ))\frac{d\nu_\theta}{d\rho}(x) = \exp(x\theta - b(\theta))dρdνθ​​(x)=exp(xθ−b(θ)). The parameter set Θ\ThetaΘ is the natural parameter space {θ:∫exθ dρ(x)<∞}\{\theta : \int e^{x\theta}\,d\rho(x) < \infty\}{θ:∫exθdρ(x)<∞}, assumed to be an open interval (the family is regular), and bbb is twice differentiable. The mean of νθ\nu_\thetaνθ​ is b˙(θ)\dot b(\theta)b˙(θ), an increasing function, so νθ\nu_\thetaνθ​ is determined by its mean μ\muμ in the open interval I=b˙(Θ)=(μ−,μ+)I = \dot b(\Theta) = (\mu_-,\mu_+)I=b˙(Θ)=(μ−​,μ+​). The divergence (11) is

d(μ,μ′)=KL(νb˙−1(μ),νb˙−1(μ′))=(b˙−1(μ)−b˙−1(μ′))μ−b(b˙−1(μ))+b(b˙−1(μ′)),d(\mu,\mu') = \mathrm{KL}(\nu_{\dot b^{-1}(\mu)},\nu_{\dot b^{-1}(\mu')}) = (\dot b^{-1}(\mu)-\dot b^{-1}(\mu'))\mu - b(\dot b^{-1}(\mu)) + b(\dot b^{-1}(\mu')),d(μ,μ′)=KL(νb˙−1(μ)​,νb˙−1(μ′)​)=(b˙−1(μ)−b˙−1(μ′))μ−b(b˙−1(μ))+b(b˙−1(μ′)),

extended by continuity to the closure Iˉ=[μ−,μ+]\bar I = [\mu_-,\mu_+]Iˉ=[μ−​,μ+​], possibly with the value +∞+\infty+∞.

There are K≥2K\ge2K≥2 arms with laws νθ1,…,νθK∈D\nu_{\theta_1},\dots,\nu_{\theta_K}\in\mathcal Dνθ1​​,…,νθK​​∈D and means μ1,…,μK\mu_1,\dots,\mu_Kμ1​,…,μK​; μ⋆=max⁡aμa\mu^\star = \max_a \mu_aμ⋆=maxa​μa​. At each round t≥1t\ge1t≥1 the player picks an arm AtA_tAt​ based on the past and receives a reward drawn from νAt\nu_{A_t}νAt​​. Na(t)N_a(t)Na​(t) is the number of pulls of arm aaa in rounds 1,…,t1,\dots,t1,…,t, and μ^a(t)\hat\mu_a(t)μ^​a​(t) the mean of the rewards obtained from arm aaa so far.

kl-UCB (Algorithm 2) with a nondecreasing exploration function fff pulls each arm once and then, for t≥Kt\ge Kt≥K, pulls an arm maximizing the index

Ua(t)=sup⁡{μ∈Iˉ:d(μ^a(t),μ)≤f(t)Na(t)}.(12)U_a(t) = \sup\Bigl\{\mu\in\bar I : d(\hat\mu_a(t),\mu) \le \frac{f(t)}{N_a(t)}\Bigr\}. \tag{12}Ua​(t)=sup{μ∈Iˉ:d(μ^​a​(t),μ)≤Na​(t)f(t)​}.(12)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 14)

With f(t)=log⁡t+3log⁡log⁡tf(t) = \log t + 3\log\log tf(t)=logt+3loglogt for t≥3t\ge3t≥3 and f(1)=f(2)=f(3)f(1)=f(2)=f(3)f(1)=f(2)=f(3), for every suboptimal arm aaa and every horizon T≥3T\ge3T≥3,

E[Na(T)]≤log⁡Td(μa,μ⋆)+22πσa,⋆2(d′(μa,μ⋆))2(d(μa,μ⋆))3log⁡T+3log⁡log⁡T+(4e+3d(μa,μ⋆))log⁡log⁡T+8σa,⋆2(d′(μa,μ⋆)d(μa,μ⋆))2+6,\mathbb E[N_a(T)] \le \frac{\log T}{d(\mu_a,\mu^\star)} + 2\sqrt{\frac{2\pi\sigma^2_{a,\star}(d'(\mu_a,\mu^\star))^2}{(d(\mu_a,\mu^\star))^3}}\sqrt{\log T+3\log\log T} + \Bigl(4e+\frac{3}{d(\mu_a,\mu^\star)}\Bigr)\log\log T + 8\sigma^2_{a,\star}\Bigl(\frac{d'(\mu_a,\mu^\star)}{d(\mu_a,\mu^\star)}\Bigr)^2 + 6,E[Na​(T)]≤d(μa​,μ⋆)logT​+2(d(μa​,μ⋆))32πσa,⋆2​(d′(μa​,μ⋆))2​​logT+3loglogT​+(4e+d(μa​,μ⋆)3​)loglogT+8σa,⋆2​(d(μa​,μ⋆)d′(μa​,μ⋆)​)2+6,

where σa,⋆2=max⁡{Var(νθ):μa≤E(νθ)≤μ⋆}\sigma^2_{a,\star} = \max\{\mathrm{Var}(\nu_\theta) : \mu_a\le \mathrm E(\nu_\theta)\le\mu^\star\}σa,⋆2​=max{Var(νθ​):μa​≤E(νθ​)≤μ⋆} and d′d'd′ is the derivative in the first argument.

Milestones

  1. The decomposition (5) of the event {At+1=a}\{A_{t+1}=a\}{At+1​=a} (p. 9).
  2. The split of E[Na(T)]\mathbb E[N_a(T)]E[Na​(T)] after (7) (p. 9).
  3. The passage to local times (8) (pp. 9–10): the overestimation term is bounded by ∑n=1T−KP{ν^a,n∈Cμ†,f(T)/n}\sum_{n=1}^{T-K}\mathbb P\{\hat\nu_{a,n}\in\mathcal C_{\mu^\dagger,f(T)/n}\}∑n=1T−K​P{ν^a,n​∈Cμ†,f(T)/n​}, a sum over fixed sample sizes.
  4. The general bound (10) with n0n_0n0​ of (9) (p. 10).
  5. The deviation bound (13) for an empirical mean with a random number of summands (p. 14).
  6. Lemma 1 (p. 17): the moment-generating function of a distribution on [0,1][0,1][0,1] is dominated by Bernoulli and Gaussian ones.

Companions

Corollary 1 (p. 17, kl-UCB with the Bernoulli divergence for arbitrary rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1]) and Corollary 2 (p. 18, UCB with radius f(t)/(2Na(t))\sqrt{f(t)/(2N_a(t))}f(t)/(2Na​(t))​), stated as separate theorems.

Significance

Theorem 1 shows that kl-UCB is asymptotically optimal in every regular one-parameter exponential family (Bernoulli, Poisson, Gaussian with known variance, exponential, Gamma with known shape), and it does so with an explicit bound valid at every horizon, not only in the limit. Corollary 2 improves the constants of the classical UCB1 analysis, and Corollary 1 shows that the Bernoulli kl-UCB index is uniformly better than UCB for all bounded rewards.

The result is proved in the paper; its proofs are in the supplemental article (DOI 10.1214/13-AOS1119SUPP, Appendix A), not in the main text. No machine-checked version exists. The platform has a formal analysis of a Bernoulli KL-UCB variant with another exploration function (Lattimore–Szepesvári's Theorem 10.6), which is a different statement. The formalization adds the general exponential-family index, the random-sample-size deviation bound (13) and the full finite-time constant.

Difficulty

The obvious argument bounds P{μ⋆≥Ua⋆(t)}\mathbb P\{\mu^\star \ge U_{a^\star}(t)\}P{μ⋆≥Ua⋆​(t)} by a union bound over the possible values of Na⋆(t)N_{a^\star}(t)Na⋆​(t), which costs a factor ttt and destroys the logarithmic rate. The deviation bound (13) has to control an empirical mean whose number of summands is chosen by the algorithm itself, losing only a factor e⌈εlog⁡t⌉e\lceil\varepsilon\log t\rceile⌈εlogt⌉ over the fixed-sample Chernoff bound; this is the step that needs the strategy to be non-anticipating. The second-order terms depend on the curvature of ddd between μa\mu_aμa​ and μ⋆\mu^\starμ⋆, measured by σa,⋆2\sigma^2_{a,\star}σa,⋆2​ and d′d'd′, and the explicit constants must be tracked through every step. The empirical mean can be an endpoint of Iˉ\bar IIˉ (Bernoulli rewards at small sample sizes), where ddd is only defined as a limit.

Formalization scope

The rewards are a stack Xa,kX_{a,k}Xa,k​ (the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-st reward of arm aaa), mutually independent and i.i.d. per arm, the representation of §2.2; this is the platform's RegretBandits.Stochastic.IsStochasticBandit, and the law of Xa,0X_{a,0}Xa,0​ is pinned to νθa\nu_{\theta_a}νθa​​. Arms are Fin K. The exponential family is the platform's OptimalBAI.OptProportions.ExpFamily (with b¨>0\ddot b>0b¨>0, i.e. strict convexity, which the page derives); the natural-parameter-space condition is a separate hypothesis. A run of kl-UCB is a pathwise predicate: rounds 1,…,K1,\dots,K1,…,K pull every arm once and later rounds pull an argmax of the index, ties broken by any rule. The arm choices are measurable and non-anticipating (a measurable function of the arms and rewards already observed). The index (12) is a real supremum over a set containing the empirical mean, so it is never a junk value, and the divergence at an empirical mean on the boundary of Iˉ\bar IIˉ is computed in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞]. Statement (13) is made for t≥2t\ge2t≥2: at t=1t=1t=1 its printed right-hand side is 000.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the run predicate forces both initialization and argmax, the index sets are nonempty and bounded, the reward stack is independent under the probability measure, and the Bernoulli divergence is never evaluated at 000 or 111.

A complete development needs exponential-family calculus (convex conjugate of bbb, continuity of ddd up to the boundary), Chernoff bounds for exponential families, a peeling/maximal inequality for random sample sizes, and the counting arguments of §3.1. The deviation bound and the counting arguments are reusable for every index policy on the platform.

Selected references

  • O. Cappé, A. Garivier, O.-A. Maillard, R. Munos, G. Stoltz, Kullback–Leibler upper confidence bounds for optimal sequential allocation, Ann. Statist. 41(3):1516–1541, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1214/13-AOS1119 ; arXiv:1210.1136v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/1210.1136
  • T. L. Lai, H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Adv. Appl. Math. 6:4–22, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi, P. Fischer, Finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem, Mach. Learn. 47:235–256, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013689704352
  • A. Garivier, O. Cappé, The KL-UCB algorithm for bounded stochastic bandits and beyond, COLT 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1102.2490
  • R. Agrawal, Sample mean based index policies with O(log n) regret for the multi-armed bandit problem, Adv. Appl. Probab. 27:1054–1078, 1995. https://doi.org/10.2307/1427934
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case IX: Imperfect State Information — Reduction to a Perfect-Information Model through a Statistic Sufficient for ControlTextbook

Motivation

In most control problems the controller does not see the state of the system. It sees noisy observations, remembers its past controls, and must act on that record. Inventory systems with delayed or inaccurate counts, maintenance of machines whose wear is only inspected, target tracking, and medical treatment planned from test results all have this form. The standard device for such problems is to replace the hidden state by a summary of the record, most often the conditional distribution of the state given the observations, and to solve a dynamic program whose state is that summary.

For finite or countable spaces this reduction goes back to Åström (1965) and Striebel (1965), who introduced the conditional distribution of the state as a "sufficient statistic" for control. Chapter 10 of Bertsekas and Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (Academic Press 1978; Athena Scientific 1996) carries it out for Borel state, control and observation spaces, with universally measurable policies and costs that are only lower semianalytic. In that generality the measurability of the reduced model is the whole difficulty, and the chapter isolates exactly what a summary must satisfy for the reduction to be exact.

Setting

The imperfect state information model (ISI) of Definition 10.3 has a nonempty Borel state space SSS, control space CCC and observation space ZZZ; a discount factor α>0\alpha>0α>0; a lower semianalytic cost g:SC→R∗=[−∞,∞]g:SC\to R^*=[-\infty,\infty]g:SC→R∗=[−∞,∞]; a Borel state transition kernel t(dx′∣x,u)t(dx'\mid x,u)t(dx′∣x,u); Borel observation kernels s0(dz∣x)s_0(dz\mid x)s0​(dz∣x) and s(dz∣u,x)s(dz\mid u,x)s(dz∣u,x); and a horizon NNN. The initial state x0x_0x0​ has distribution p∈P(S)p\in P(S)p∈P(S), z0∼s0(⋅∣x0)z_0\sim s_0(\cdot\mid x_0)z0​∼s0​(⋅∣x0​), and then xk+1∼t(⋅∣xk,uk)x_{k+1}\sim t(\cdot\mid x_k,u_k)xk+1​∼t(⋅∣xk​,uk​), zk+1∼s(⋅∣uk,xk+1)z_{k+1}\sim s(\cdot\mid u_k,x_{k+1})zk+1​∼s(⋅∣uk​,xk+1​). The controller knows the information vector ik=(z0,u0,…,uk−1,zk)∈Iki_k=(z_0,u_0,\dots,u_{k-1},z_k)\in I_kik​=(z0​,u0​,…,uk−1​,zk​)∈Ik​ and must choose uk∈Uk(ik)u_k\in U_k(i_k)uk​∈Uk​(ik​), where the constraint set Γk={(ik,u)∣u∈Uk(ik)}\Gamma_k=\{(i_k,u)\mid u\in U_k(i_k)\}Γk​={(ik​,u)∣u∈Uk​(ik​)} is analytic.

A policy π=(μ0,…,μN−1)\pi=(\mu_0,\dots,\mu_{N-1})π=(μ0​,…,μN−1​) consists of universally measurable stochastic kernels μk(duk∣p;ik)\mu_k(du_k\mid p;i_k)μk​(duk​∣p;ik​) that respect the constraints (Definition 10.4). Together with ppp it determines probability measures Pk(π,p)P_k(\pi,p)Pk​(π,p) on the histories (x0,z0,u0,…,xk,zk,uk)(x_0,z_0,u_0,\dots,x_k,z_k,u_k)(x0​,z0​,u0​,…,xk​,zk​,uk​), the cost

JN,π(p)=∫[∑k=0N−1αkg(xk,uk)]dPN−1(π,p),J_{N,\pi}(p)=\int\Big[\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\alpha^k g(x_k,u_k)\Big]dP_{N-1}(\pi,p),JN,π​(p)=∫[k=0∑N−1​αkg(xk​,uk​)]dPN−1​(π,p),

and the optimal cost JN∗(p)=inf⁡πJN,π(p)J^*_N(p)=\inf_\pi J_{N,\pi}(p)JN∗​(p)=infπ​JN,π​(p) (Definition 10.5). Assumption (F+)(F^+)(F+) asks that the expected discounted negative part of the cost be finite for every policy and initial distribution; (F−)(F^-)(F−) asks the same of the positive part.

A statistic is a sequence of Borel maps ηk:P(S)Ik→Yk\eta_k:P(S)I_k\to Y_kηk​:P(S)Ik​→Yk​ into nonempty Borel spaces. It is sufficient for control (Definition 10.6) if (a) the constraints can be read off from it, Γk={(ik,u)∣(ηk(p;ik),u)∈Γ^k}\Gamma_k=\{(i_k,u)\mid(\eta_k(p;i_k),u)\in\hat\Gamma_k\}Γk​={(ik​,u)∣(ηk​(p;ik​),u)∈Γ^k​} with Γ^k\hat\Gamma_kΓ^k​ analytic; (b) the conditional law of ηk+1\eta_{k+1}ηk+1​ given (ηk,uk)(\eta_k,u_k)(ηk​,uk​) is a Borel kernel t^k(dyk+1∣yk,uk)\hat t_k(dy_{k+1}\mid y_k,u_k)t^k​(dyk+1​∣yk​,uk​), for every ppp and every policy; and (c) the conditional expectation of g(xk,uk)g(x_k,u_k)g(xk​,uk​) given (ηk,uk)(\eta_k,u_k)(ηk​,uk​) is a lower semianalytic function g^k(yk,uk)\hat g_k(y_k,u_k)g^​k​(yk​,uk​). The perfect state information model (PSI) of Definition 10.7 has states yk∈Yky_k\in Y_kyk​∈Yk​, constraints U^k(yk)=(Γ^k)yk\hat U_k(y_k)=(\hat\Gamma_k)_{y_k}U^k​(yk​)=(Γ^k​)yk​​, costs g^k\hat g_kg^​k​ and transitions t^k\hat t_kt^k​; its cost and optimal cost at y∈Y0y\in Y_0y∈Y0​ are J^N,π^(y)\hat J_{N,\hat\pi}(y)J^N,π^​(y) and J^N∗(y)\hat J^*_N(y)J^N∗​(y). The initial distribution of y0y_0y0​ is

φ(p)(Y‾0)=∫Ss0({z0∣η0(p;z0)∈Y‾0}∣x0) p(dx0).\varphi(p)(\underline Y_0)=\int_S s_0(\{z_0\mid\eta_0(p;z_0)\in\underline Y_0\}\mid x_0)\,p(dx_0).φ(p)(Y​0​)=∫S​s0​({z0​∣η0​(p;z0​)∈Y​0​}∣x0​)p(dx0​).

A Markov (PSI) policy μ^k(du∣yk)\hat\mu_k(du\mid y_k)μ^​k​(du∣yk​) acts in (ISI) through μk(du∣p;ik)=μ^k(du∣ηk(p;ik))\mu_k(du\mid p;i_k)=\hat\mu_k(du\mid\eta_k(p;i_k))μk​(du∣p;ik​)=μ^​k​(du∣ηk​(p;ik​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 10.3

Under (F+,F^+)(F^+,\hat F^+)(F+,F^+) or (F−,F^−)(F^-,\hat F^-)(F−,F^−),

JN∗(p)=∫Y0J^N∗(y0) φ(p)(dy0)∀p∈P(S),J^*_N(p)=\int_{Y_0}\hat J^*_N(y_0)\,\varphi(p)(dy_0)\qquad\forall p\in P(S),JN∗​(p)=∫Y0​​J^N∗​(y0​)φ(p)(dy0​)∀p∈P(S),

and a Markov (PSI) policy that is optimal, φ(p)\varphi(p)φ(p)-optimal or weakly φ(p)\varphi(p)φ(p)-ε\varepsilonε-optimal for (PSI) is respectively optimal, optimal at ppp, or ε\varepsilonε-optimal at ppp for (ISI); under (F+,F^+)(F^+,\hat F^+)(F+,F^+) an ε\varepsilonε-optimal (PSI) policy is ε\varepsilonε-optimal for (ISI). Here π^\hat\piπ^ is weakly qqq-ε\varepsilonε-optimal if ∫J^N,π^ dq≤∫J^N∗ dq+ε\int\hat J_{N,\hat\pi}\,dq\le\int\hat J^*_N\,dq+\varepsilon∫J^N,π^​dq≤∫J^N∗​dq+ε when ∫J^N∗ dq>−∞\int\hat J^*_N\,dq>-\infty∫J^N∗​dq>−∞ and ∫J^N,π^ dq≤−1/ε\int\hat J_{N,\hat\pi}\,dq\le-1/\varepsilon∫J^N,π^​dq≤−1/ε otherwise, and qqq-optimal if q({y0∣J^N,π^(y0)=J^N∗(y0)})=1q(\{y_0\mid\hat J_{N,\hat\pi}(y_0)=\hat J^*_N(y_0)\})=1q({y0​∣J^N,π^​(y0​)=J^N∗​(y0​)})=1 (Definition 10.8).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 10.1: the process (η0,u0,…,ηk,uk)(\eta_0,u_0,\dots,\eta_k,u_k)(η0​,u0​,…,ηk​,uk​) generated in (ISI) by a Markov (PSI) policy has the law P^k[π^,φ(p)]\hat P_k[\hat\pi,\varphi(p)]P^k​[π^,φ(p)].
  2. Proposition 10.2: JN,π^(p)=∫J^N,π^ dφ(p)J_{N,\hat\pi}(p)=\int\hat J_{N,\hat\pi}\,d\varphi(p)JN,π^​(p)=∫J^N,π^​dφ(p) for Markov π^\hat\piπ^.
  3. Corollary 10.2.1: JN∗(p)≤∫J^N∗ dφ(p)J^*_N(p)\le\int\hat J^*_N\,d\varphi(p)JN∗​(p)≤∫J^N∗​dφ(p).
  4. Lemma 10.2: every (ISI) policy is matched in cost by some Markov (PSI) policy.
  5. Proposition 10.4: ε\varepsilonε-optimal nonrandomized (ISI) policies that depend on iki_kik​ only through ηk(p;ik)\eta_k(p;i_k)ηk​(p;ik​).
  6. Proposition 10.6: the identity maps on P(S)IkP(S)I_kP(S)Ik​ form a statistic sufficient for control.

Significance

Proposition 10.3 says that an imperfect-information problem loses nothing by being solved in the reduced model: the optimal cost is the φ(p)\varphi(p)φ(p)-average of the reduced optimal cost, and good reduced policies are good original policies. Combined with Proposition 10.6, every (ISI) model has such a reduction, so the finite-horizon dynamic programming theory of Chapter 8 (existence of ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies, the dynamic programming algorithm) transfers to partially observed problems on Borel spaces. Proposition 10.4 turns this into a structural statement about the original problem: nearly optimal controllers need to retain only the statistic.

These results are proved in the book. None of them is formalized: the platform's related results (Bäuerle–Rieder's partially observable models with observation densities, and the linear-quadratic-Gaussian separation theorem) work in different models and do not cover universally measurable policies, analytic constraints, or lower semianalytic costs. A machine-checked version makes the conditional-expectation bookkeeping of the reduction explicit, and the definitions of this mission (universal measurability, lower semianalytic functions, the book's extended integral, history measures built from universally measurable kernels) are reusable by every other chapter of the book.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says: replace the state by the statistic, observe that costs and transitions depend only on the statistic, and conclude. In the Borel setting each step is a measurability claim that the naive argument does not supply. The conditions of Definition 10.6 are almost-everywhere statements about conditional distributions under every pair (p,π)(p,\pi)(p,π), while the reduced model needs genuine kernels; the policies are only universally measurable, so integrals and compositions must be taken with respect to completions; the costs take the values ±∞\pm\infty±∞, so interchanging sums and integrals requires the finiteness assumptions (F±)(F^\pm)(F±) and (F^±)(\hat F^\pm)(F^±); and the inequality JN∗≥∫J^N∗ dφ(p)J^*_N\ge\int\hat J^*_N\,d\varphi(p)JN∗​≥∫J^N∗​dφ(p) requires producing, from an arbitrary history-dependent (ISI) policy, a Markov (PSI) policy with the same cost, which the naive argument does not do.

Formalization scope

  • Horizon. Only finite horizons N≥1N\ge1N≥1 are covered, hence only the cases (F+,F^+)(F^+,\hat F^+)(F+,F^+) and (F−,F^−)(F^-,\hat F^-)(F−,F^−) of the book's statements; the infinite-horizon cases (P,P^)(P,\hat P)(P,P^), (N,N^)(N,\hat N)(N,N^), (D,D^)(D,\hat D)(D,D^) are out of scope.
  • Extended reals. Costs live in EReal with the book's convention ∞−∞=+∞\infty-\infty=+\infty∞−∞=+∞ written out explicitly (badd, bsum, extIntegral); Mathlib's EReal subtraction (⊤−⊤=⊥\top-\top=\bot⊤−⊤=⊥) is never used where both terms can be infinite.
  • Spaces and measures. SSS, CCC, ZZZ, YkY_kYk​ are Borel spaces in the sense of Definition 7.7 with their Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebras; P(S)P(S)P(S) carries the weak topology and the Giry σ\sigmaσ-algebra. Policies are families of maps into ProbabilityMeasure C that are measurable for the completion of every probability measure. History measures are characterized by their values on rectangles. Families indexed by the stage are indexed by all of N\mathbb NN; only stages k<Nk<Nk<N are constrained.
  • Conditional statements. Conditions (22) and (23) are stated through the defining relations of conditional probability and expectation, for every ppp and every policy, with (23) required when g(xk,uk)g(x_k,u_k)g(xk​,uk​) is quasi-integrable.
  • Policies in Proposition 10.3. The (PSI) policies in the optimality transfers are Markov, as in Proposition 10.2.
  • No trivialization. Definition 10.6 is the full definition: analytic Γ^k\hat\Gamma_kΓ^k​ with full projection, Borel kernels t^k\hat t_kt^k​ satisfying (22) for every ppp and policy, and lower semianalytic g^k\hat g_kg^​k​ satisfying (23); a weaker notion would make Proposition 10.6 empty.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Basic facts that a full development needs, such as composition of universally measurable maps (Proposition 7.44), measurability of integrals against universally measurable kernels (Proposition 7.46), and existence of the history measures (Proposition 7.45), can be posed and proved as supporting lemmas; they are reusable across the book.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific, 1996, Chapter 10. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • K. J. Åström, Optimal control of Markov processes with incomplete state information, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 10 (1965) 174–205. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(65)90154-X
  • C. Striebel, Sufficient statistics in the optimum control of stochastic systems, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 12 (1965) 576–592. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(65)90027-2
  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, Markov Decision Processes with Applications to Finance, Springer, 2011, Chapter 5. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-18324-9
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case VII: The Finite-Horizon Borel Model — over Universally Measurable Policies J*_K = T^K(J_0)Textbook

Motivation

Finite-horizon stochastic control on general state and control spaces — inventory levels, queue lengths, positions, beliefs — cannot be written down without measure theory, and the measure theory turns out to be the hard part. The dynamic programming (DP) recursion "start from zero and minimise one stage at a time" is easy to state, but on uncountable spaces the minimisation in each step produces functions that need not be Borel-measurable, and the infimum over policies has to be taken over a class large enough to contain near-minimisers. Bertsekas and Shreve's Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (1978; Athena reprint 1996) resolved this by working with universally measurable policies and lower semianalytic costs. Chapter 8 is the finite-horizon core of that theory, and the infinite-horizon results of Chapter 9 and the imperfect-information reduction of Chapter 10 are built on it.

Timeline. Blackwell (1965) treated discounted problems on Borel spaces with bounded costs and Borel policies, where ε-optimal Borel policies may fail to exist. Strauch (1966) studied positive and negative models. Blackwell, Freedman and Orkin (1974) introduced analytic sets and analytically measurable policies into DP. Bertsekas and Shreve (1978, Chapters 7–8) gave the universally measurable finite-horizon theory formalized here, including the unbounded-cost assumptions (F⁺)/(F⁻).

Setting

A finite horizon stochastic optimal control model is a nine-tuple (S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g,N)(S,C,U,W,p,f,\alpha,g,N)(S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g,N). The state space SSS, control space CCC and disturbance space WWW are nonempty Borel spaces (topological spaces homeomorphic to Borel subsets of complete separable metric spaces). The constraint U(x)⊆CU(x)\subseteq CU(x)⊆C is nonempty and Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)}\Gamma=\{(x,u)\mid u\in U(x)\}Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)} is analytic in S×CS\times CS×C. Disturbances are drawn from a Borel stochastic kernel p(dw∣x,u)p(dw\mid x,u)p(dw∣x,u), the system moves by xk+1=f(xk,uk,wk)x_{k+1}=f(x_k,u_k,w_k)xk+1​=f(xk​,uk​,wk​) with fff Borel, the discount factor α\alphaα is a positive real, the one-stage cost g:Γ→[−∞,∞]g:\Gamma\to[-\infty,\infty]g:Γ→[−∞,∞] is lower semianalytic ({g<c}\{g<c\}{g<c} is analytic for every real ccc), and N≥1N\ge1N≥1 is the horizon. The state transition kernel is t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u)t(B\mid x,u)=p(\{w\mid f(x,u,w)\in B\}\mid x,u)t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u).

A set is universally measurable if it is measurable for the completion of the Borel σ-algebra under every probability measure. A policy π=(μ0,…,μN−1)\pi=(\mu_0,\dots,\mu_{N-1})π=(μ0​,…,μN−1​) chooses uku_kuk​ from a universally measurable stochastic kernel μk(duk∣x0,u0,…,xk)\mu_k(du_k\mid x_0,u_0,\dots,x_k)μk​(duk​∣x0​,u0​,…,xk​) concentrated on U(xk)U(x_k)U(xk​); it is Markov if μk\mu_kμk​ depends on xkx_kxk​ only, and nonrandomized if every μk(⋅∣⋅)\mu_k(\cdot\mid\cdot)μk​(⋅∣⋅) is a point mass. Π′\Pi'Π′ denotes all policies and Π\PiΠ the Markov ones. A policy and an initial distribution ppp determine a probability measure rN(π,p)r_N(\pi,p)rN​(π,p) on state–control paths, and the KKK-stage cost and optimal cost are

JK,π(x)=∫[∑k=0K−1αkg(xk,uk)]drN(π,px),JK∗(x)=inf⁡π∈Π′JK,π(x).J_{K,\pi}(x)=\int\Big[\sum_{k=0}^{K-1}\alpha^k g(x_k,u_k)\Big]dr_N(\pi,p_x),\qquad J^*_K(x)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi'}J_{K,\pi}(x).JK,π​(x)=∫[k=0∑K−1​αkg(xk​,uk​)]drN​(π,px​),JK∗​(x)=π∈Π′inf​JK,π​(x).

Assumption (F⁺) requires ∫g− dqk(π,px)<∞\int g^-\,dq_k(\pi,p_x)<\infty∫g−dqk​(π,px​)<∞, and (F⁻) requires ∫g+ dqk(π,px)<∞\int g^+\,dq_k(\pi,p_x)<\infty∫g+dqk​(π,px​)<∞, for every policy, initial state and stage, where qkq_kqk​ is the marginal of rNr_NrN​ on the kkk-th pair. The DP operators are

Tμ(J)(x)=∫C[g(x,u)+α ⁣∫SJ dt(⋅∣x,u)]μ(du∣x),T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x){g(x,u)+α ⁣∫SJ dt(⋅∣x,u)}.T_\mu(J)(x)=\int_C\Big[g(x,u)+\alpha\!\int_S J\,dt(\cdot\mid x,u)\Big]\mu(du\mid x),\qquad T(J)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}\Big\{g(x,u)+\alpha\!\int_S J\,dt(\cdot\mid x,u)\Big\}.Tμ​(J)(x)=∫C​[g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt(⋅∣x,u)]μ(du∣x),T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​{g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt(⋅∣x,u)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8.2

JK∗=TK(J0),K=1,…,N,J^*_K=T^K(J_0),\qquad K=1,\dots,N,JK∗​=TK(J0​),K=1,…,N,

under (F⁺) or (F⁻), where J0≡0J_0\equiv0J0​≡0. The goal leaves the horizon, the discount factor and the sign of ggg unrestricted beyond (F⁺)/(F⁻), and it compares an infimum over all history-dependent randomized policies with a pointwise recursion.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 8.1 (the cost of a Markov policy equals Tμ0⋯TμK−1(J0)T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{K-1}}(J_0)Tμ0​​⋯TμK−1​​(J0​)), Proposition 8.1 and Corollary 8.1.1 (Markov policies suffice), Lemma 8.2 (an ε-optimal universally measurable kernel for one application of TTT), Lemma 8.3 (under (F⁺), TK(J0)>−∞T^K(J_0)>-\inftyTK(J0​)>−∞), Lemma 8.4 (monotone and bounded convergence for TμT_\muTμ​). Two consequences of the goal complete the chapter's existence theory: Corollary 8.2.1 (JK∗J^*_KJK∗​ is lower semianalytic) and Proposition 8.3 (ε-optimal nonrandomized Markov policies under (F⁺); nonrandomized semi-Markov and randomized Markov ones under (F⁻)).

Significance

Proposition 8.2 says the DP algorithm computes the true optimal cost of the Borel model, with no restriction to Markov or nonrandomized policies and with costs that may be unbounded in either direction. Corollary 8.2.1 identifies the regularity of the value function — lower semianalytic, possibly not Borel (Example 1 of Chapter 8) — and Proposition 8.3 turns the recursion into near-optimal policies. These results are the base case for the infinite-horizon theory of Chapter 9 (positive, negative and discounted models are analysed as limits of finite-horizon problems) and for the sufficient-statistic reduction of Chapter 10.

All results here are proved in the book. None is formalized: the platform has finite-state, finite-action DP theorems and Borel models with Borel-measurable policies, but no universally measurable policies, no lower semianalytic costs and no Ionescu-Tulcea construction for universally measurable kernels. The mission poses the finite-horizon Borel theory, with reusable infrastructure: the universal σ-algebra, universally measurable kernels, iterated path integrals representing integration against the induced path measure, and the operator calculus on extended-real functions with the convention ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at measurability. On countable spaces, Proposition 8.2 follows from the Part I argument: induct on KKK, choose near-minimising controls state by state, assemble them into a policy. On Borel spaces, a pointwise choice of near-minimisers is not a policy unless it is measurable, and T(J)T(J)T(J) is generally not Borel even when JJJ and ggg are; Borel policies are too few for ε\varepsilonε-optimal ones to exist. The book's way out needs the selection theorem for lower semianalytic functions (Proposition 7.50), integration of universally measurable functions against universally measurable kernels (Propositions 7.45–7.46), and care with infinite values: without (F⁺) or (F⁻), the integral of the stage sum and the sum of the stage integrals can disagree, and Lemma 8.1 fails.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Spaces carry [TopologicalSpace X] [MeasurableSpace X] [BorelSpace X] [IsBorelSpace X] [Nonempty X]. IsBorelSpace is the book's Definition 7.7.
  • Extended reals are EReal. Addition inside costs and integrands uses the book's convention −∞+∞=+∞-\infty+\infty=+\infty−∞+∞=+∞ (badd), not Mathlib's, which gives ⊥+⊤=⊥\bot+\top=\bot⊥+⊤=⊥. Integrals are ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− with ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞ (extInt).
  • The universal σ-algebra is the intersection of all completions (universalSigma). Kernels are universally measurable in the sense of Lemma 7.28(b).
  • The integral against rN(π,p)r_N(\pi,p)rN​(π,p) is the iterated integral of Eq. (4) of Chapter 8 (pathInt).
  • Stages are indexed 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-10,…,N−1, and a history is kkk state–control pairs plus the current state.
  • ggg is stored on S×CS\times CS×C, but only its values on Γ\GammaΓ are constrained or used.

A trivializing formalization is excluded by construction. JK∗J^*_KJK∗​ is the infimum over all policies in Π′\Pi'Π′, not over Markov or nonrandomized ones. JK,πJ_{K,\pi}JK,π​ is the integral of the stage sum against the path measure, never the operator composition of Lemma 8.1, so the goal does not collapse to the Part I result.

A complete development needs:

  • the analytic-set and universal-measurability theory of §7.6–7.7: closure of analytic sets under projections and sections, measurability of integrals against universally measurable kernels (Proposition 7.46), and the selection theorem (Proposition 7.50);
  • extended-real integration lemmas in the style of Lemma 7.11.

This infrastructure is reusable for the infinite-horizon Borel models (Chapter 9), for the imperfect-information reduction (Chapter 10), and for papers that cite this book. Contributions of these supporting lemmas as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific reprint, 1996, Chapter 8. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 36 (1965), 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • R. E. Strauch, Negative dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966), 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, D. Freedman and M. Orkin, The optimal reward operator in dynamic programming, Ann. Probab. 2 (1974), 926–941. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996558
  • S. E. Shreve and D. P. Bertsekas, Universally measurable policies in dynamic programming, Math. Oper. Res. 4 (1979), 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.1.15
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Linear Programs in the Current Matrix Multiplication Time: The Stochastic Central Path Falls Back to a Classical Step with Probability at Most 10/n² per IterationResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear programming, min⁡{c⊤x:Ax=b, x≥0}\min\{c^\top x : Ax=b,\ x\ge0\}min{c⊤x:Ax=b, x≥0} with A∈Rd×nA\in\mathbb R^{d\times n}A∈Rd×n, is the basic model of operations research, and the complexity of solving it is a central question of algorithm theory. Interior-point methods follow the central path: primal–dual pairs (x,s)(x,s)(x,s) with x,s>0x,s>0x,s>0 and xisi=tx_is_i=txi​si​=t for every iii, as the path parameter ttt decreases to 000. A classical short-step method needs O(nlog⁡(n/δ))O(\sqrt n\log(n/\delta))O(n​log(n/δ)) iterations, each solving a linear system with the matrix AXSA⊤A\frac XSA^\topASX​A⊤, for a total of roughly n2.5n^{2.5}n2.5 operations or more.

Cohen, Lee and Song (J. ACM 68(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.07896) showed that linear programs can be solved in time nω+o(1)log⁡(n/δ)n^{\omega+o(1)}\log(n/\delta)nω+o(1)log(n/δ) (for the current values of the matrix multiplication exponent ω\omegaω and its dual α\alphaα), matching the cost of multiplying two n×nn\times nn×n matrices. The analysis has two halves: a data structure that maintains the projection matrix lazily, and the stochastic central path method, which replaces each Newton step by a sparse random step and proves that the iterates still stay close to the central path. This mission formalizes the second half.

Timeline: Karmarkar's projective method (1984) gave the first polynomial interior-point method; Renegar (1988) gave the O(nlog⁡(1/δ))O(\sqrt n\log(1/\delta))O(n​log(1/δ)) path-following bound; Vaidya (1989) reduced the per-iteration cost with low-rank updates; Lee and Sidford (2014–2015) reduced the iteration count to O~(d)\widetilde O(\sqrt d)O(d​); Cohen, Lee and Song (STOC 2019, J. ACM 2021) reached nωn^\omeganω; van den Brand (2020) derandomized the result.

Setting

Vectors are in Rn\mathbb R^nRn and products, quotients and roots of vectors are coordinatewise. For ϵ\epsilonϵ and vectors a,ba,ba,b, a≈ϵba\approx_\epsilon ba≈ϵ​b means (1−ϵ)bi≤ai≤(1+ϵ)bi(1-\epsilon)b_i\le a_i\le(1+\epsilon)b_i(1−ϵ)bi​≤ai​≤(1+ϵ)bi​ for all iii; a≈ϵta\approx_\epsilon ta≈ϵ​t for a scalar ttt is defined likewise. The number of variables is n≥10n\ge10n≥10 and AAA has full row rank d≤nd\le nd≤n.

The potential is Φλ(r)=∑i=1ncosh⁡(λri)\Phi_\lambda(r)=\sum_{i=1}^n\cosh(\lambda r_i)Φλ​(r)=∑i=1n​cosh(λri​), evaluated at r=μ/t−1r=\mu/t-1r=μ/t−1 with μ=xs\mu=xsμ=xs; it is small exactly when every xisix_is_ixi​si​ is close to ttt.

StochasticStep (Algorithm 1) takes positive x,sx,sx,s, a direction δμ\delta_\muδμ​, a sampling parameter kkk and the output v~\widetilde vv of a data structure with x/s≈ϵmpv~x/s\approx_{\epsilon_{\mathrm{mp}}}\widetilde vx/s≈ϵmp​​v. It rescales to x‾=xv~/w\overline x=x\sqrt{\widetilde v/w}x=xv/w​, s‾=sw/v~\overline s=s\sqrt{w/\widetilde v}s=sw/v​ (w=x/sw=x/sw=x/s), draws a sparse vector δ~μ\widetilde\delta_\muδμ​ with independent coordinates, δ~μ,i=δμ,i/pi\widetilde\delta_{\mu,i}=\delta_{\mu,i}/p_iδμ,i​=δμ,i​/pi​ with probability pi=min⁡(1,k(δμ,i2/∥δμ∥22+1/n))p_i=\min(1,k(\delta_{\mu,i}^2/\|\delta_\mu\|_2^2+1/n))pi​=min(1,k(δμ,i2​/∥δμ​∥22​+1/n)) and 000 otherwise, and computes the step (δ~x,δ~s)(\widetilde\delta_x,\widetilde\delta_s)(δx​,δs​) through the projection P‾=X‾/S‾A⊤(AX‾S‾A⊤)−1AX‾/S‾\overline P=\sqrt{\overline X/\overline S}A^\top(A\frac{\overline X}{\overline S}A^\top)^{-1}A\sqrt{\overline X/\overline S}P=X/S​A⊤(ASX​A⊤)−1AX/S​. The draw is repeated until ∥s‾−1δ~s∥∞\|\overline s^{-1}\widetilde\delta_s\|_\infty∥s−1δs​∥∞​ and ∥x‾−1δ~x∥∞\|\overline x^{-1}\widetilde\delta_x\|_\infty∥x−1δx​∥∞​ are at most 1/(100log⁡n)1/(100\log n)1/(100logn); the output is (x+δ~x,s+δ~s)(x+\widetilde\delta_x,s+\widetilde\delta_s)(x+δx​,s+δs​).

Main (Algorithm 2) sets ϵ=140000log⁡n\epsilon=\frac1{40000\log n}ϵ=40000logn1​, ϵmp=140000\epsilon_{\mathrm{mp}}=\frac1{40000}ϵmp​=400001​, k=1000ϵnlog⁡2n/ϵmpk=1000\epsilon\sqrt n\log^2n/\epsilon_{\mathrm{mp}}k=1000ϵn​log2n/ϵmp​, λ=40log⁡n\lambda=40\log nλ=40logn, starts at t=1t=1t=1, and in each iteration sets tnew=(1−ϵ3n)tt^{\mathrm{new}}=(1-\frac{\epsilon}{3\sqrt n})ttnew=(1−3n​ϵ​)t, takes the direction

δμ=(tnewt−1)xs−ϵ2tnew∇Φλ(μ/t−1)∥∇Φλ(μ/t−1)∥2,\delta_\mu=\Big(\frac{t^{\mathrm{new}}}{t}-1\Big)xs-\frac\epsilon2t^{\mathrm{new}}\frac{\nabla\Phi_\lambda(\mu/t-1)}{\|\nabla\Phi_\lambda(\mu/t-1)\|_2},δμ​=(ttnew​−1)xs−2ϵ​tnew∥∇Φλ​(μ/t−1)∥2​∇Φλ​(μ/t−1)​,

runs StochasticStep, and falls back to a deterministic ClassicalStep whenever Φλ(μnew/tnew−1)>n3\Phi_\lambda(\mu^{\mathrm{new}}/t^{\mathrm{new}}-1)>n^3Φλ​(μnew/tnew−1)>n3.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.14

For every iteration jjj, almost surely Assumption 4.1 holds for the input of iteration jjj (in particular xjsj≈0.1tjx^js^j\approx_{0.1}t_jxjsj≈0.1​tj​ and ∥δμ∥2≤ϵtj\|\delta_\mu\|_2\le\epsilon t_j∥δμ​∥2​≤ϵtj​), almost surely the resampling loop of iteration jjj succeeds with positive probability, and

P(ClassicalStep is used in iteration j)≤10n2.\mathbb P(\text{ClassicalStep is used in iteration }j)\le\frac{10}{n^2}.P(ClassicalStep is used in iteration j)≤n210​.

The paper writes O(1/n2)O(1/n^2)O(1/n2); its proof gives the constant 101010.

Milestones

Lemma A.1 (variance of a product), Lemma 4.12 (properties of Φλ\Phi_\lambdaΦλ​), Lemma 4.2 (explicit step), Lemma 4.3 and Claim 4.7 (moments and success probability of the sampled step), Lemma 4.8 (moments of μnew\mu^{\mathrm{new}}μnew), and Lemma 4.13:

E[Φλ(μnewtnew−1)]≤Φλ(μt−1)−λϵ15n(Φλ(μt−1)−10n).\mathbf E\Big[\Phi_\lambda\Big(\frac{\mu^{\mathrm{new}}}{t^{\mathrm{new}}}-1\Big)\Big]\le\Phi_\lambda\Big(\frac\mu t-1\Big)-\frac{\lambda\epsilon}{15\sqrt n}\Big(\Phi_\lambda\Big(\frac\mu t-1\Big)-10n\Big).E[Φλ​(tnewμnew​−1)]≤Φλ​(tμ​−1)−15n​λϵ​(Φλ​(tμ​−1)−10n).

Significance

Lemma 4.14 is what makes the randomized method usable: the iterates stay in the 0.10.10.1-neighbourhood of the central path along the whole run, and the expensive fallback is rare enough that its expected cost, O~(n2.5)⋅10/n2\widetilde O(n^{2.5})\cdot 10/n^2O(n2.5)⋅10/n2, is negligible. The paper's cost bound (Lemma 4.16) and its main theorem rest on it. The same potential-based "stochastic central path" analysis was reused in later solvers, for instance for empirical risk minimization (Lee, Song and Zhang, COLT 2019).

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formalization pins down the probabilistic model that the paper leaves implicit (independence of the sampled coordinates, the law of the resampling loop, a data structure and fallback that see only the past) and checks the constants, several of which are tight against printed slack (Remark 4.4).

The running-time claims of the paper (Theorem 2.1's expected time nω+o(1)n^{\omega+o(1)}nω+o(1), Lemma 4.16, Section 5) are not part of this mission: they live in an arithmetic cost model that Lean does not have. The accuracy guarantee of Theorem 2.1 (Lemma A.6, ClassicalStep from [57]) is also outside the mission.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound each quantity under the product law of the sparse direction. But StochasticStep resamples, so the step actually taken is distributed according to that law conditioned on a success event, and expectations and variances shift. A second difficulty is that Φλ\Phi_\lambdaΦλ​ is controlled only in expectation, while Assumption 4.1 must hold surely at every iteration; this is reconciled by the deterministic ClassicalStep fallback, which caps Φλ\Phi_\lambdaΦλ​ at n3n^3n3, and by an induction over iterations of E[Φ]≤10n\mathbf E[\Phi]\le10nE[Φ]≤10n under the trajectory law. Claim 4.7 needs a Bernstein inequality, which Mathlib does not yet provide.

Formalization scope

Coordinates are Fin n, vectors Fin n → ℝ, AAA a Matrix (Fin d) (Fin n) ℝ with A.rank = d, and log⁡\loglog the natural logarithm. ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is written out as ∑ivi2\sqrt{\sum_iv_i^2}∑i​vi2​​; ∥⋅∥∞≤c\|\cdot\|_\infty\le c∥⋅∥∞​≤c is stated coordinatewise. The sampled direction has law Measure.pi of two-point laws; the step taken by StochasticStep has that law conditioned (ProbabilityTheory.cond) on the success event, and every E\mathbf EE, Var\mathbf{Var}Var of Lemmas 4.3, 4.8 and 4.13 is under this conditioned law. mp.Query is replaced by its value P‾(X‾S‾)−1/2δ~μ\overline P(\overline X\overline S)^{-1/2}\widetilde\delta_\muP(XS)−1/2δμ​; the data structure and ClassicalStep are arbitrary measurable functions UjU_jUj​, CjC_jCj​ of the history with the only properties the paper uses. The trajectory is Mathlib's Ionescu-Tulcea measure, with kernels equal to the step law of Main. nnn is the number of variables of the program the loop runs on.

Deviations from the page, all recorded in the items: Assumption 4.1 is used with ϵ≤1/(40000log⁡n)\epsilon\le1/(40000\log n)ϵ≤1/(40000logn) instead of the printed <<<, because Main sets ϵ\epsilonϵ to exactly that value; O(1/n2)O(1/n^2)O(1/n2) is instantiated as 10/n210/n^210/n2, the constant of the paper's proof; the conclusions of Lemma 4.14 are stated for every iteration index rather than while t>δ2/(32n3)t>\delta^2/(32n^3)t>δ2/(32n3); at ∇Φλ=0\nabla\Phi_\lambda=0∇Φλ​=0 the second term of δμ\delta_\muδμ​ is 000. No hypothesis k≤nk\le nk≤n is imposed.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: every statement that integrates against the conditioned law also concludes that this law is a probability measure (so it cannot be the zero measure), the goal concludes that each resampling loop succeeds with positive probability, the oracles UjU_jUj​, CjC_jCj​ cannot see the coins of the current iteration, and the goal is about the whole iterated process from the initial point, not one step from an arbitrary law.

Contributions welcome: a Bernstein inequality for bounded independent sums, conditional-law lemmas for cond of Measure.pi, and Markov-kernel measurability for the step law; these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • M. B. Cohen, Y. T. Lee, Z. Song, Solving Linear Programs in the Current Matrix Multiplication Time, J. ACM 68(1), Article 3, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1145/3424305 (arXiv:1810.07896, https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.07896)
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
  • J. Renegar, A polynomial-time algorithm, based on Newton's method, for linear programming, Math. Programming 40, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01580724
  • P. M. Vaidya, Speeding-up linear programming using fast matrix multiplication, Proc. 30th FOCS, 1989.
  • Y. T. Lee, A. Sidford, Path finding methods for linear programming, FOCS 2014. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2014.52
  • Y. T. Lee, Z. Song, Q. Zhang, Solving Empirical Risk Minimization in the Current Matrix Multiplication Time, COLT 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.04447
  • J. van den Brand, A deterministic linear program solver in current matrix multiplication time, SODA 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611975994.16
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsMarkov ChainOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks VI: The Ewens Sampling Distribution Is Consistent Under Sampling Without ReplacementTextbook

Motivation

The neutral theory of molecular evolution holds that much of the genetic variation observed at the molecular level is caused by selectively neutral mutations rather than by selection. To test it against data one needs the distribution of allele frequencies that a neutral model predicts, and in practice that distribution has to be compared with a sample from the population, never with the whole population. Ewens (Ewens 1972) derived the equilibrium distribution of allele counts under the infinite alleles model, now called the Ewens sampling formula; it underlies classical tests of neutrality and appears throughout combinatorics and probability as the law of the cycle type of an Ewens-distributed random permutation and of the Chinese restaurant process.

Chapter 7 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) obtains the infinite alleles model as a limit of the reversible migration processes of Chapters 2 and 6, and uses reversibility to answer questions about allele ages and fixation. The mission formalizes the finite, combinatorial results of that chapter.

Timeline. Kimura and Crow (1964) introduced the infinite alleles model. Ewens (1972) found its equilibrium sampling distribution (7.6). Kingman (1978, J. London Math. Soc.) characterized the consistency of random partitions under sampling, the property Theorem 7.1 asserts for the Ewens family. Kelly (1979, Chapter 7) derived (7.6) as a limit of reversible migration processes, and the consistency and the allele-age results from the reversibility of a labelled population process.

Setting

A population consists of M≥2M\ge2M≥2 individuals, each carrying an allelic type. Its description is M=(M1,…,MM)\mathbf M=(M_1,\dots,M_M)M=(M1​,…,MM​), where MiM_iMi​ is the number of allelic types carried by exactly iii individuals, so that

∑i=1MiMi=M.(7.3)\sum_{i=1}^{M} iM_i=M. \qquad (7.3)i=1∑M​iMi​=M.(7.3)

For a real parameter ν>0\nu>0ν>0, the Ewens distribution on descriptions is

πM(M)=(ν+M−1M)−1∏i=1M(νi)Mi1Mi!,(7.6)\pi_M(\mathbf M)=\binom{\nu+M-1}{M}^{-1}\prod_{i=1}^{M}\Big(\frac{\nu}{i}\Big)^{M_i}\frac{1}{M_i!}, \qquad (7.6)πM​(M)=(Mν+M−1​)−1i=1∏M​(iν​)Mi​Mi​!1​,(7.6)

where (xk)=x(x−1)⋯(x−k+1)/k!\binom{x}{k}=x(x-1)\cdots(x-k+1)/k!(kx​)=x(x−1)⋯(x−k+1)/k! is the binomial coefficient for real xxx. In the infinite alleles model, individuals die at rate μ\muμ, each death is followed by the birth of an offspring of a uniformly chosen survivor, and the offspring is a mutant of an entirely new type with probability uuu; then (7.6) is the equilibrium distribution with ν=(M−1)u/(1−u)\nu=(M-1)u/(1-u)ν=(M−1)u/(1−u) (7.5).

A random sample of size 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M without replacement is a uniformly random mmm-element subset of the MMM labelled individuals, each of the (Mm)\binom Mm(mM​) subsets being equally likely; the sample has a description in the same sense.

The number jjj of individuals carrying one given allele performs a random walk on {0,…,M}\{0,\dots,M\}{0,…,M} with intensities

q(j,j−1)=μjM(M−jM−1+j−1M−1u),q(j,j+1)=μM−jMjM−1(1−u).(7.8)q(j,j-1)=\mu\frac jM\Big(\frac{M-j}{M-1}+\frac{j-1}{M-1}u\Big),\qquad q(j,j+1)=\mu\frac{M-j}{M}\frac{j}{M-1}(1-u). \qquad (7.8)q(j,j−1)=μMj​(M−1M−j​+M−1j−1​u),q(j,j+1)=μMM−j​M−1j​(1−u).(7.8)

An allele is quasi-fixed when it is the only allele present (j=Mj=Mj=M).

Formalization targets

Goal: consistency under sampling (Theorem 7.1)

If M≥2M\ge2M≥2 and the population description is distributed as πM\pi_MπM​, then a random sample of size 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M drawn without replacement has description m\mathbf mm with probability πm(m)\pi_m(\mathbf m)πm​(m), the same ν\nuν being used for both sizes:

∑MπM(M) P(sample has description m∣population has description M)=πm(m).\sum_{\mathbf M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)\,P\big(\text{sample has description }\mathbf m\mid\text{population has description }\mathbf M\big)=\pi_m(\mathbf m).M∑​πM​(M)P(sample has description m∣population has description M)=πm​(m).

Milestones

  1. (7.6) is a distribution: πM(M)>0\pi_M(\mathbf M)>0πM​(M)>0 and ∑MπM(M)=1\sum_{\mathbf M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)=1∑M​πM​(M)=1 (Exercise 7.1.3).
  2. Theorem 7.1 for m=M−1m=M-1m=M−1, the case the book's proof establishes first.
  3. Corollary 7.5, the identity of its proof: the probability that a uniformly chosen individual's allele is carried by exactly iii individuals is
∑MiMiMπM(M)=νM(ν+M−1i)−1(Mi).(7.9)\sum_{\mathbf M}\frac{iM_i}{M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)=\frac{\nu}{M}\binom{\nu+M-1}{i}^{-1}\binom Mi. \qquad (7.9)M∑​MiMi​​πM​(M)=Mν​(iν+M−1​)−1(iM​).(7.9)
  1. Theorem 7.9: the probability QQQ that the walk (7.8) started at 111 reaches MMM before 000 satisfies
Q−1=∑i=0M−1(M−1i)−1(ν+M−1i).Q^{-1}=\sum_{i=0}^{M-1}\binom{M-1}{i}^{-1}\binom{\nu+M-1}{i}.Q−1=i=0∑M−1​(iM−1​)−1(iν+M−1​).

Significance

The results. Consistency under sampling is what makes the Ewens formula usable as a statistical model: the predicted distribution for an observed sample does not depend on the unknown population size, only on ν\nuν. Kelly deduces from it the sufficiency of the number of alleles in a sample for ν\nuν and the heterozygosity ν/(ν+1)\nu/(\nu+1)ν/(ν+1) (Exercises 7.1.5, 7.1.8). The formula (7.9) gives the equilibrium frequency of the oldest allele, and Theorem 7.9 gives the quasi-fixation probability from which the mean time between quasi-fixations follows (Corollary 7.10).

Formalizing them. All four results are classical and proved; none has a machine-checked proof on the platform or in Mathlib as of this writing. The mission produces a reusable formal Ewens distribution over integer partitions, a definition of sampling without replacement by counting labelled subsets, and an absorption probability for an explicit birth–death walk. Proofs independent of Kelly's process argument are welcome.

Difficulty

The book's proof of Theorem 7.1 is a process argument: in a population whose size fluctuates between M−1M-1M−1 and MMM, a drop in size acts as a random deletion, and the truncated equilibrium (7.7) restricted to each size gives πM−1\pi_{M-1}πM−1​ and πM\pi_MπM​. Turning that into a statement about finite sets requires the equilibrium of a truncated reversible process, which is not available here, so a formal proof must either build that process or find a direct combinatorial route. A direct route has to relate, for each description of the sample, the number of mmm-subsets of a labelled population with a given description to products of binomial coefficients, and sum the result against (7.6); the bookkeeping over partitions is where the work lies. Theorem 7.9 needs a solution of the first-step equations of a non-symmetric walk and the identification of that solution with a hitting probability defined as a limit.

Formalization scope

  • Descriptions of nnn individuals are integer partitions Nat.Partition n, with MiM_iMi​ the multiplicity of the part iii; the product in (7.6) runs over i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n. The real binomial coefficient is the published definition AppliedComb.GenFun.binomReal.
  • The population is Fin M with allelic types Fin M → ℕ; the description of a labelled set is computed from the labelling. The sampling probability is (Mm)−1\binom Mm^{-1}(mM​)−1 times the number of mmm-subsets whose restricted labelling has the given description. It is not defined by a formula on descriptions, and a definition that removed individuals one at a time in proportion to class sizes (the book's proof route) is ruled out as a definition because it presupposes the reduction the proof must supply.
  • The goal and Corollary 7.5 quantify over an arbitrary choice of labelling for each population description. They assume M≥2M\ge2M≥2, as required by the chapter's rule that a parent is chosen among the other M−1M-1M−1 individuals; the goal also assumes 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M. Because πM>0\pi_M>0πM​>0, this forces the conditional sampling law to depend on the population only through its description. Types are natural numbers, so every description is realized and the hypothesis is never vacuous.
  • The quasi-fixation probability is defined through the jump chain of (7.8): the limit of the probabilities of reaching MMM within nnn jumps without reaching 000. The theorem assumes M≥2M\ge2M≥2, μ>0\mu>0μ>0, 0<u<10<u<10<u<1 and ν=(M−1)u/(1−u)\nu=(M-1)u/(1-u)ν=(M−1)u/(1−u).
  • Corollary 7.5 is formalized as the identity of its proof. The identification of the oldest allele's frequency with that of a randomly chosen individual uses allele ages and the reversibility of the labelled process (Theorem 7.2) and is not formalized. Theorem 7.2 itself, whose state space orders the allele labels within each class, and the allele-age results (Corollaries 7.3, 7.4, 7.7, 7.8, Theorem 7.6, Corollary 7.10, Theorem 7.11) are not part of the mission.

Contributions of general partition and sampling lemmas (counting subsets with a given description, the generating function identity (1−x)−ν=∏jeνxj/j(1-x)^{-\nu}=\prod_j e^{\nu x^j/j}(1−x)−ν=∏j​eνxj/j) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979, Chapter 7. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • W. J. Ewens, The sampling theory of selectively neutral alleles, Theoretical Population Biology 3 (1972), 87–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/0040-5809(72)90035-4
  • J. F. C. Kingman, The representation of partition structures, Journal of the London Mathematical Society (2) 18 (1978), 374–380. https://doi.org/10.1112/jlms/s2-18.2.374
  • M. Kimura and J. F. Crow, The number of alleles that can be maintained in a finite population, Genetics 49 (1964), 725–738. https://doi.org/10.1093/genetics/49.4.725
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Best of Both Worlds: Stochastic and Adversarial Bandits: SAO Has Pseudo-Regret O(K log K log²β/Δ) on Stochastic Rewards and Regret Õ(√(nK)) Against Adaptive AdversariesResearch Paper

Motivation

In a multi-armed bandit problem a learner chooses one of KKK actions in each of nnn rounds and observes only the reward of the chosen action. Two models of the rewards have separate theories. In the stochastic model, each arm pays independent draws from a fixed distribution; algorithms such as UCB1 (Auer, Cesa-Bianchi & Fischer 2002) have regret of order ∑ilog⁡(n)/Δi\sum_i \log(n)/\Delta_i∑i​log(n)/Δi​, logarithmic in nnn. In the adversarial model, an adversary chooses the rewards; Exp3 and its variants (Auer, Cesa-Bianchi, Freund & Schapire 2002) have regret of order nK\sqrt{nK}nK​, which is optimal there. An algorithm tuned for one model fails in the other: stochastic algorithms can suffer linear regret against an adversary, and adversarial algorithms pay n\sqrt nn​ even when the rewards are i.i.d.

Bubeck and Slivkins (arXiv:1202.4473, COLT 2012) asked whether one algorithm can be near-optimal in both models without knowing which one it faces. They answered yes with the algorithm SAO. This result started the "best of both worlds" line of work on bandits. Later contributions include EXP3++ (Seldin & Slivkins 2014) and Tsallis-INF (Zimmert & Seldin 2021).

Setting

There are K≥2K\ge2K≥2 arms and n≥Kn\ge Kn≥K rounds. On round ttt the algorithm draws an arm ItI_tIt​ from a probability vector pt=(p1,t,…,pK,t)p_t=(p_{1,t},\dots,p_{K,t})pt​=(p1,t​,…,pK,t​) computed from the history it has observed. At the same time a reward vector gt∈[0,1]Kg_t\in[0,1]^Kgt​∈[0,1]K is fixed, and the algorithm observes only gIt,tg_{I_t,t}gIt​,t​.

  • Adversarial model. The vector gtg_tgt​ is chosen by an adaptive adversary: a function of the arms I1,…,It−1I_1,\dots,I_{t-1}I1​,…,It−1​ played earlier, but not of ItI_tIt​. The regret is Rn=max⁡i∑t=1ngi,t−∑t=1ngIt,tR_n=\max_i\sum_{t=1}^n g_{i,t}-\sum_{t=1}^n g_{I_t,t}Rn​=maxi​∑t=1n​gi,t​−∑t=1n​gIt​,t​.
  • Stochastic model. There are distributions ν1,…,νK\nu_1,\dots,\nu_Kν1​,…,νK​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1] with means μi\mu_iμi​, and all gi,t∼νig_{i,t}\sim\nu_igi,t​∼νi​ are independent. The pseudo-regret is R‾n=∑t=1n(max⁡iμi−μIt)\overline R_n=\sum_{t=1}^n(\max_i\mu_i-\mu_{I_t})Rn​=∑t=1n​(maxi​μi​−μIt​​). The gap of arm iii is Δi=max⁡jμj−μi\Delta_i=\max_j\mu_j-\mu_iΔi​=maxj​μj​−μi​, and the minimal gap is Δ=min⁡i:Δi>0Δi\Delta=\min_{i:\Delta_i>0}\Delta_iΔ=mini:Δi​>0​Δi​.

The analysis uses importance-weighted estimates H~i,t=1t∑s≤tgi,s1{Is=i}/pi,s\widetilde H_{i,t}=\frac1t\sum_{s\le t}g_{i,s}\mathbb 1_{\{I_s=i\}}/p_{i,s}Hi,t​=t1​∑s≤t​gi,s​1{Is​=i}​/pi,s​, the sample means H^i,t\widehat H_{i,t}Hi,t​, the averages Hi,t=1t∑s≤tgi,sH_{i,t}=\frac1t\sum_{s\le t}g_{i,s}Hi,t​=t1​∑s≤t​gi,s​, and the play counts Ti(t)T_i(t)Ti​(t).

SAO (Algorithm 1 of the paper) takes a parameter β>1\beta>1β>1. It keeps a set of active arms, initially all arms, and samples them uniformly at first. On each round it applies a test, (12), that deactivates an arm whose estimate H~i,t\widetilde H_{i,t}Hi,t​ falls far below the best active one. The probability of a deactivated arm then decays as qiτi/tq_i\tau_i/tqi​τi​/t, where τi\tau_iτi​ is the deactivation time and qiq_iqi​ the arm's probability at that moment. Three further tests, (13)–(15), check that the observations stay consistent with stochastic rewards. If any of them fails on round τ0\tau_0τ0​, SAO switches permanently to the adversarial algorithm Exp3.P (Bubeck & Cesa-Bianchi 2012, Fig. 3.1) for the remaining rounds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, high-probability form

For every δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1) let β=10Kn3δ−1\beta=10Kn^3\delta^{-1}β=10Kn3δ−1. With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, SAO with parameter β\betaβ satisfies, in the stochastic model (whenever some arm has Δi>0\Delta_i>0Δi​>0),

R‾n≤260K(1+log⁡K)log⁡2(β)Δ,\overline R_n\le\frac{260K(1+\log K)\log^2(\beta)}{\Delta},Rn​≤Δ260K(1+logK)log2(β)​,

and, against every adaptive adversary with rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1],

Rn≤60(1+log⁡K)(1+log⁡n)nKlog⁡(β)+5K2log⁡2(β)+200K2log⁡2(β).R_n\le60(1+\log K)(1+\log n)\sqrt{nK\log(\beta)+5K^2\log^2(\beta)}+200K^2\log^2(\beta).Rn​≤60(1+logK)(1+logn)nKlog(β)+5K2log2(β)​+200K2log2(β).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof in order:

  • Freedman's inequality (Theorem 4.3) in the paper's two-sided form, and its variance-adaptive form, Lemma 4.4.
  • The concentration lemmas for SAO's estimates (Lemmas 4.5, 4.6, 4.7) and the Exp3.P phase (Lemma 4.8).
  • The two good events of §4.1, (21)–(25).
  • The deterministic consequences on those events: Exp3.P is never started in the stochastic model; suboptimal arms are deactivated by time 260Klog⁡(β)/Δi2260K\log(\beta)/\Delta_i^2260Klog(β)/Δi2​; ∑iqi≤1+log⁡K\sum_iq_i\le1+\log K∑i​qi​≤1+logK, (27); and the adversarial regret bound of §4.3.
  • The two halves of Theorem 4.1.

Significance

The theorem shows that the stochastic and adversarial regret rates are not in conflict. A single algorithm, with no information about the model, gets O(Klog⁡Klog⁡2(n/δ)/Δ)O(K\log K\log^2(n/\delta)/\Delta)O(KlogKlog2(n/δ)/Δ) pseudo-regret on stochastic rewards and O~(nK)\tilde O(\sqrt{nK})O~(nK​) regret against adaptive adversaries. Each rate is within polylogarithmic factors of optimal for its model. Later algorithms improved the logarithmic factors and removed the explicit switching, but they are compared against this result.

The theorem is proved in the paper. It is not known to have a machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires a precise model of an adaptive adversary interacting with a randomized algorithm, martingale concentration with random variance (Lemma 4.4), and an exact statement of SAO including its boundary cases. The pieces are reusable: the interaction model, the estimators, Exp3.P and its high-probability guarantee all apply to other adversarial bandit results.

Difficulty

Neither standard analysis carries over. In the stochastic model, SAO's sampling probabilities are random and depend on the past, and a deactivated arm's probability keeps changing. Hoeffding-type bounds for a fixed sampling scheme therefore do not apply to H~i,t\widetilde H_{i,t}Hi,t​. The variance of the importance-weighted estimate grows like ∑s1/pi,s\sum_s1/p_{i,s}∑s​1/pi,s​, which is controlled only through the algorithm's own schedule (16). This is why Lemma 4.5 has the two-part radius with max⁡(t−τi,0)/(qiτit)\max(t-\tau_i,0)/(q_i\tau_it)max(t−τi​,0)/(qi​τi​t). In the adversarial model, the deterministic argument has to show that whenever the consistency tests pass, the regret accumulated before the switch is already small, for an adversary that adapts to the arms played. A union bound over all quantities, all arms and all times (§4.1) is needed before any deterministic reasoning, so every constant in the event matters.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace BestBothWorlds.SAO.

  • Arms and paths. Arms are Fin K and rounds are 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n. An arm path is Fin n → Fin K.
  • Algorithms and adversaries. An algorithm is a deterministic map from the observed history to a probability vector. A deterministic adaptive adversary is a map from the list of earlier arms to a reward vector; randomized adversaries are mixtures of these.
  • Probabilities. For a fixed adversary, the probability of an event is ∑I∈E∏tpIt,t\sum_{I\in E}\prod_tp_{I_t,t}∑I∈E​∏t​pIt​,t​. In the stochastic model this is integrated against the product law of the reward table.
  • Logarithms and constants. Real.log is the natural logarithm. All constants of Theorem 4.1 are explicit, with β=10Kn3δ−1\beta=10Kn^3\delta^{-1}β=10Kn3δ−1.
  • SAO. It is defined exactly as Algorithm 1. Arms are tested in order within a round, and the active set changes during the loop. Test (13) is false when Ti(t)=0T_i(t)=0Ti​(t)=0, and test (14) is false when τi=1\tau_i=1τi​=1.
  • Exp3.P. After the switch, Exp3.P runs from scratch for n−τ0n-\tau_0n−τ0​ rounds. Its parameters are those of Bubeck–Cesa-Bianchi Theorem 3.2 with confidence K/βK/\betaK/β, and γ\gammaγ and βP\beta_{\mathrm P}βP​ are clipped at 111.
  • §4 notation. τ0\tau_0τ0​, τi←min⁡(τi,τ0)\tau_i\leftarrow\min(\tau_i,\tau_0)τi​←min(τi​,τ0​) and qi=pi,min⁡(τi,τ0)q_i=p_{i,\min(\tau_i,\tau_0)}qi​=pi,min(τi​,τ0​)​ are computed from the run, never assumed.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The goal's hypotheses concern only the instance (KKK, nnn, δ\deltaδ, the distributions or the adversary). The algorithm's quantities (τ0\tau_0τ0​, τi\tau_iτi​, qiq_iqi​, the sampling probabilities) are computed by the definition of SAO and are never free variables or hypotheses. The adversarial half covers adaptive adversaries, not only oblivious reward tables.

The expectation form of Theorem 4.1 (O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) bounds with β=n4\beta=n^4β=n4), Theorem 1.1 and the two-armed warm-up of §3 are out of scope. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the concentration lemmas from Mathlib's martingale library.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck and A. Slivkins, The best of both worlds: stochastic and adversarial bandits, COLT 2012; arXiv:1202.4473v1. https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.4473
  • S. Bubeck and N. Cesa-Bianchi, Regret Analysis of Stochastic and Nonstochastic Multi-armed Bandit Problems, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 5(1), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000024
  • D. A. Freedman, On tail probabilities for martingales, Annals of Probability 3(1), 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996452
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi and P. Fischer, Finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem, Machine Learning 47, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013689704352
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi, Y. Freund and R. E. Schapire, The nonstochastic multiarmed bandit problem, SIAM Journal on Computing 32(1), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539701398375
  • Y. Seldin and A. Slivkins, One practical algorithm for both stochastic and adversarial bandits, ICML 2014. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v32/seldinb14.html
  • J. Zimmert and Y. Seldin, Tsallis-INF: an optimal algorithm for stochastic and adversarial bandits, JMLR 22, 2021. https://jmlr.org/papers/v22/19-753.html
20 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStochastic SystemsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Stochastic Inventory Control Models 1: The Dual-Balancing Policy Costs at Most Twice the OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Periodic-review inventory control with backorders is one of the basic models of operations research: in each period a manager decides how much to order, orders arrive after a lead time, unmet demand is backlogged at a penalty, and stock left over is charged a holding cost. When demands in different periods are independent, dynamic programming yields an optimal base-stock policy and computing it is tractable. In practice demands are correlated and forecasts evolve over time, for example under the martingale model of forecast evolution (Heath and Jackson, 1994, doi:10.1080/07408179408966604). The dynamic program then has to range over all possible information states, whose number is typically exponential in the input (Zipkin, 2000), so optimal policies are out of reach and the heuristics in use came without performance guarantees.

Levi, Pál, Roundy and Shmoys (Math. Oper. Res. 32(2):284–302, 2007) gave the first policy for this model with a worst-case guarantee that holds for arbitrary correlated, nonstationary demand distributions: the dual-balancing policy costs at most twice the optimum in expectation. The analysis rests on a marginal cost accounting that charges each order, at the time it is placed, all the holding cost its units will ever incur. This mission formalizes that guarantee.

Setting

There are TTT periods t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T and a known lead time L≥0L \ge 0L≥0: an order placed in period ttt arrives in period t+Lt + Lt+L. Period ttt has a per-unit holding cost ht≥0h_t \ge 0ht​≥0 and a per-unit backlogging penalty pt≥0p_t \ge 0pt​≥0. Ordering costs are zero (ct=0c_t = 0ct​=0), which is the standing assumption of the paper's §4. The initial data are the net inventory ni0ni_0ni0​ and the pipeline orders q1−L,…,q0≥0q_{1-L}, \dots, q_0 \ge 0q1−L​,…,q0​≥0.

Demands D1,…,DTD_1, \dots, D_TD1​,…,DT​ are nonnegative random variables on a probability space with a filtration (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​); Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ is the information at the beginning of period ttt, and DtD_tDt​ is Ft+1\mathcal F_{t+1}Ft+1​-measurable. A feasible policy PPP places orders QtP≥0Q^P_t \ge 0QtP​≥0 that are Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable. Write D[s,t]=∑j=stDjD_{[s,t]} = \sum_{j=s}^t D_jD[s,t]​=∑j=st​Dj​ (with Dj=0D_j = 0Dj​=0 for j≤0j \le 0j≤0), Xt=ni0+∑j=1−Lt−1Qj−D[1,t−1]X_t = ni_0 + \sum_{j=1-L}^{t-1} Q_j - D_{[1,t-1]}Xt​=ni0​+∑j=1−Lt−1​Qj​−D[1,t−1]​ for the inventory position before ordering and Yt=Xt+QtY_t = X_t + Q_tYt​=Xt​+Qt​ after ordering.

The marginal holding cost of period ttt is the holding cost that the units ordered in ttt incur until the end of the horizon, and the marginal backlogging cost is the penalty incurred one lead time later:

HtP=∑j=t+LThj (QtP−(D[t,j]−XtP)+)+,ΠtP=pt+L (D[t,t+L]−YtP)+.H^P_t = \sum_{j=t+L}^{T} h_j\,\bigl(Q^P_t - (D_{[t,j]} - X^P_t)^+\bigr)^+, \qquad \Pi^P_t = p_{t+L}\,\bigl(D_{[t,t+L]} - Y^P_t\bigr)^+ .HtP​=j=t+L∑T​hj​(QtP​−(D[t,j]​−XtP​)+)+,ΠtP​=pt+L​(D[t,t+L]​−YtP​)+.

The cost of PPP is C(P)=∑t=1T−L(HtP+ΠtP)\mathcal C(P) = \sum_{t=1}^{T-L}(H^P_t + \Pi^P_t)C(P)=∑t=1T−L​(HtP​+ΠtP​); by Eq. (3) it differs from the total holding and backlogging cost only by a policy-independent nonnegative term.

A dual-balancing policy BBB orders nothing after period T−LT - LT−L, and in each period t≤T−Lt \le T - Lt≤T−L orders the quantity that balances the two conditional expected marginal costs:

E[HtB∣Ft]=E[ΠtB∣Ft]almost surely.E\bigl[H^B_t \mid \mathcal F_t\bigr] = E\bigl[\Pi^B_t \mid \mathcal F_t\bigr] \quad\text{almost surely.}E[HtB​∣Ft​]=E[ΠtB​∣Ft​]almost surely.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For every dual-balancing policy BBB and every feasible policy PPP,

E[C(B)]  ≤  2 E[C(P)].E[\mathcal C(B)] \;\le\; 2\,E[\mathcal C(P)] .E[C(B)]≤2E[C(P)].

The paper writes P=OPTP = OPTP=OPT; quantifying over all feasible PPP is the same statement whenever an optimum exists and needs no existence assumption.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1. E[C(B)]=2∑t=1T−LE[Zt]E[\mathcal C(B)] = 2\sum_{t=1}^{T-L}E[Z_t]E[C(B)]=2∑t=1T−L​E[Zt​] with Zt=E[HtB∣Ft]Z_t = E[H^B_t \mid \mathcal F_t]Zt​=E[HtB​∣Ft​].
  2. Lemma 4.2. With TH={t:YtB<YtP}\mathcal T_H = \{t : Y^B_t < Y^P_t\}TH​={t:YtB​<YtP​}, ∑t∈THHtB≤∑t=1T−LHtP\sum_{t\in\mathcal T_H} H^B_t \le \sum_{t=1}^{T-L} H^P_t∑t∈TH​​HtB​≤∑t=1T−L​HtP​ on every realization.
  3. Lemma 4.3. With TΠ={t:YtB≥YtP}\mathcal T_\Pi = \{t : Y^B_t \ge Y^P_t\}TΠ​={t:YtB​≥YtP​}, ∑t∈TΠΠtB≤∑t=1T−LΠtP\sum_{t\in\mathcal T_\Pi} \Pi^B_t \le \sum_{t=1}^{T-L} \Pi^P_t∑t∈TΠ​​ΠtB​≤∑t=1T−L​ΠtP​ on every realization.

Two further items are not milestones. Eq. (3) states that, along every realization, the period-by-period holding and backlogging cost equals ∑t=1−L0Πt+H(−∞,0]+∑t=1T−L(Ht+Πt)\sum_{t=1-L}^{0}\Pi_t + H_{(-\infty,0]} + \sum_{t=1}^{T-L}(H_t + \Pi_t)∑t=1−L0​Πt​+H(−∞,0]​+∑t=1T−L​(Ht​+Πt​), which is why the cost of Eq. (4) is the right objective. The other states that a dual-balancing policy exists when hT>0h_T > 0hT​>0 and the demands are integrable, so the goal is not about an empty class.

Significance

The theorem gives a policy that is computable period by period, by a one-dimensional search, with a factor-two guarantee that holds for every joint demand distribution, including correlated, nonstationary and forecast-driven ones, where the optimal policy cannot be computed. The constant is tight: the paper exhibits instances where the ratio tends to two. The second mission of this series treats the stochastic lot-sizing problem of the same paper, which uses the same marginal cost accounting.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. Formalizing it produces a reusable model of the periodic-review backlogging system with lead times and adapted policies, a verified marginal cost identity, and a formal approximation guarantee for a stochastic inventory policy. The pathwise comparison lemmas are stated for arbitrary pairs of order sequences and so apply to other balancing-type policies.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt compares the two policies period by period. That fails: in a given period the dual-balancing policy may hold far more or far less inventory than the comparison policy, and neither the holding nor the backlogging cost of one period is bounded by the comparator's cost in that period. The comparison only works after re-charging holding costs to the period in which the units were ordered, which requires the identity Eq. (3) to be established exactly, including the pipeline units, the initial stock and the lead-time shift. The probabilistic step then needs the random index sets TH\mathcal T_HTH​ and TΠ\mathcal T_\PiTΠ​ to be determined by the information of period ttt, so that conditioning on Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ commutes with the indicators; this is where the nonanticipativity of both policies enters. The existence of a balancing quantity needs a measurable selection from conditional laws, and it fails without a positive late holding cost.

Formalization scope

  • Periods are integers (ℤ). Orders and demands are functions ℤ → Ω → ℝ; only periods 1,…,T1, \dots, T1,…,T are read, and the pipeline qtq_tqt​ is substituted for t≤0t \le 0t≤0.
  • Ordering costs are ct=0c_t = 0ct​=0 and there is no discounting, as in the paper's §4; the reduction of §4.6 from general instances is not formalized. The lead time LLL is general.
  • Information is an arbitrary Filtration ℤ to which demands are adapted with a one-period lag; the paper's information vectors are a special case, and randomized policies are covered when their randomness is part of the information.
  • Expected costs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an infinite expected cost is never read as 000.
  • The balancing condition carries integrability of HtBH^B_tHtB​ and ΠtB\Pi^B_tΠtB​, so a conditional expectation of a non-integrable cost (which Mathlib sets to 000) cannot satisfy it vacuously. The existence item rules out an empty policy class.
  • Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3 are pathwise and do not use the balancing rule. The comparator totals are the marginal totals of Eq. (4), which is the stronger reading.
  • Eq. (2) prints Xt+LX_{t+L}Xt+L​ and its restatement on p. 292 prints ptp_tpt​; both are typos, and the formalization uses XtX_tXt​ and pt+Lp_{t+L}pt+L​.

A complete development needs finite-sum manipulations for Eq. (3) and Lemma 4.2, conditional expectation (tower property, pulling out bounded Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable factors) for Lemma 4.1 and the goal, and regular conditional distributions with a measurable selection for the existence item. Theorem 4.2 (the randomized policy for integer demands) is outside this mission.

Selected references

  • R. Levi, M. Pál, R. O. Roundy, D. B. Shmoys, Approximation Algorithms for Stochastic Inventory Control Models, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(2):284–302, 2007. doi:10.1287/moor.1060.0205
  • D. C. Heath, P. L. Jackson, Modeling the evolution of demand forecasts with application to safety stock analysis in production/distribution systems, IIE Transactions 26(3):17–30, 1994. doi:10.1080/07408179408966604
  • P. H. Zipkin, Foundations of Inventory Management, McGraw-Hill, 2000. ISBN 978-0-256-11379-7.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information 2: Without Shared Demand Information the Bullwhip Bound Is MultiplicativeResearch Paper

Motivation

The bullwhip effect is the observation that the variability of orders grows as one moves up a supply chain, from the retailer to the wholesaler, the distributor and the factory, even when customer demand is stable. It was documented in industry practice by Lee, Padmanabhan and Whang (Management Science, 1997), who identified demand forecasting as one of its main causes. Amplified order variability raises the safety stock, capacity and transportation costs of every upstream firm, so the question of how large the effect is, and what reduces it, is central to supply chain management.

Chen, Drezner, Ryan and Simchi-Levi (Management Science 46(3), 2000) quantified the effect for a retailer that forecasts with a moving average and follows an order-up-to policy. Their §3 asks whether sharing customer demand information with every stage removes the effect. Theorem 3.1 (the companion mission of this series) shows that it does not; Theorem 3.2, the goal of this mission, gives the lower bound for the chain in which no demand information is shared.

Setting

Time is indexed by the integers t∈Zt \in \mathbb Zt∈Z. The retailer faces i.i.d. demand

Dt=μ+ϵt,D_t = \mu + \epsilon_t,Dt​=μ+ϵt​,

where the error terms ϵt\epsilon_tϵt​ are independent and identically distributed from a symmetric distribution with mean 000 and variance σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0.

Single-stage policy (§2). With p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 observations, a lead time LLL, a safety factor zzz and a constant CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​, the retailer forms the moving-average estimates

D^tL=L ∑i=1pDt−ip,σ^etL=CL,ρ∑i=1pet−i2p,et=Dt−D^t1,\hat D^L_t = L\,\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}}{p}, \qquad \hat\sigma^L_{et} = C_{L,\rho}\sqrt{\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p e_{t-i}^2}{p}}, \qquad e_t = D_t - \hat D^1_t,D^tL​=Lp∑i=1p​Dt−i​​,σ^etL​=CL,ρ​p∑i=1p​et−i2​​​,et​=Dt​−D^t1​,

raises its inventory position to the order-up-to point yt=D^tL+zσ^etLy_t = \hat D^L_t + z\hat\sigma^L_{et}yt​=D^tL​+zσ^etL​, and so orders qt=yt−yt−1+Dt−1q_t = y_t - y_{t-1} + D_{t-1}qt​=yt​−yt−1​+Dt−1​. Orders may be negative: excess inventory is returned without cost.

Decentralized chain (§3). Stages k=1,2,…k = 1, 2, \dotsk=1,2,… form a serial chain; stage 1 is the retailer, and LkL_kLk​ is the lead time between stages kkk and k+1k+1k+1. No stage sees customer demand except the retailer. Stage kkk forecasts from the orders it receives,

D^t(1)=∑i=1pDt−ip,D^t(k)=∑j=0p−1qt−jk−1p(k≥2),\hat D^{(1)}_t = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}}{p}, \qquad \hat D^{(k)}_t = \frac{\sum_{j=0}^{p-1} q^{k-1}_{t-j}}{p} \quad (k \ge 2),D^t(1)​=p∑i=1p​Dt−i​​,D^t(k)​=p∑j=0p−1​qt−jk−1​​(k≥2),

uses the order-up-to point ytk=LkD^t(k)y^k_t = L_k\hat D^{(k)}_tytk​=Lk​D^t(k)​, and orders

qt1=yt1−yt−11+Dt−1,qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1(k≥2).q^1_t = y^1_t - y^1_{t-1} + D_{t-1}, \qquad q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_t \quad (k \ge 2).qt1​=yt1​−yt−11​+Dt−1​,qtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​(k≥2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (Eq. (7))

For every stage k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and every period ttt,

Var⁡(qtk)Var⁡(Dt)  ≥  ∏i=1k(1+2Lip+2Li2p2).\frac{\operatorname{Var}(q^k_t)}{\operatorname{Var}(D_t)} \;\ge\; \prod_{i=1}^{k}\left(1 + \frac{2L_i}{p} + \frac{2L_i^2}{p^2}\right).Var(Dt​)Var(qtk​)​≥i=1∏k​(1+p2Li​​+p22Li2​​).

The bound is the paper's, with its explicit constants. The paper asserts no tightness for this theorem, and none is claimed.

Milestone: Eq. (6)

For the single-stage policy with any safety factor zzz and any constant CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​,

Var⁡(qt)Var⁡(Dt)  ≥  1+2Lp+2L2p2.\frac{\operatorname{Var}(q_t)}{\operatorname{Var}(D_t)} \;\ge\; 1 + \frac{2L}{p} + \frac{2L^2}{p^2}.Var(Dt​)Var(qt​)​≥1+p2L​+p22L2​.

This is the i.i.d. case ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0 of the paper's Theorem 2.2. With z=0z = 0z=0 and L=L1L = L_1L=L1​ the single-stage orders are the stage-1 orders of the chain, so Eq. (6) contains the case k=1k = 1k=1 of the goal.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 is half of the paper's comparison between centralized and decentralized information. When demand information is shared, the amplification from the retailer to stage kkk in the i.i.d. case equals 1+2(∑i≤kLi)/p+2(∑i≤kLi)2/p21 + 2(\sum_{i\le k}L_i)/p + 2(\sum_{i\le k}L_i)^2/p^21+2(∑i≤k​Li​)/p+2(∑i≤k​Li​)2/p2 (Eq. (8)), which grows additively in the lead times. Without sharing, the lower bound (7) is a product over stages and grows multiplicatively. The paper concludes that centralizing demand information "can significantly reduce the bullwhip effect", and that the gap widens as one moves up the chain. Eq. (6) is the single-stage statement that forecasting with a moving average alone already amplifies variability, by a factor depending only on the ratio L/pL/pL/p.

Formalizing it. The paper gives no proof of Theorem 3.2; it refers to Ryan (1997, PhD thesis) and to Chen et al. (1998). A machine-checked proof would therefore supply the first self-contained, verified argument for the multiplicative bound. The Gaussian special case of Eq. (6) is already formalized on Prove2Me, in the Snyder–Shen chapter on the bullwhip effect (SupplyChainTheory.bullwhip_signal_processing at ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0); that statement assumes Gaussian errors, whereas this mission assumes only symmetry, mean 000 and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2. Neither the multistage bound nor the symmetric-error version of Eq. (6) has a formal proof.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is induction on the stage: treat the orders of stage k−1k-1k−1 as the demand of stage kkk and apply the single-stage bound. That step fails, because the single-stage bound is a statement about i.i.d. demand, and the orders reaching stage k≥2k \ge 2k≥2 are not i.i.d.: they are autocorrelated, and stage kkk's moving average of those orders interacts with the correlation in a way that can raise or lower the variance. Whether the product bound survives depends on controlling that interaction at every stage. For Eq. (6), the safety-stock term zσ^etLz\hat\sigma^L_{et}zσ^etL​ is a nonlinear function of the demands, and only symmetry of the errors, not normality, is available to control its interaction with the linear part of the order.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace ChenBullwhip.Decentralized.

  • IIDDemand P is the demand model on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P): a constant mu, sigma > 0, and errors eps : ℤ → Ω → ℝ that are measurable, mutually independent (iIndepFun), identically distributed, symmetric (eps t and -eps t have the same law), in L2L^2L2, with mean 000 and variance sigma ^ 2. Demand is D t = mu + eps t. Variances are Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.variance.
  • SingleStage defines D^tL\hat D^L_tD^tL​, ete_tet​, σ^etL\hat\sigma^L_{et}σ^etL​, yty_tyt​ and qtq_tqt​ of §2; CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​ is a free real parameter, as the paper does not fix it.
  • Chain defines the forecasts D^t(k)\hat D^{(k)}_tD^t(k)​ and the orders qtkq^k_tqtk​ by recursion on the stage, with the convention qt0=Dt−1q^0_t = D_{t-1}qt0​=Dt−1​, so that stage 1 orders yt1−yt−11+Dt−1y^1_t - y^1_{t-1} + D_{t-1}yt1​−yt−11​+Dt−1​. The recursion qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_tqtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​ is not printed in the paper; it is the §2.2 order identity applied to a stage whose incoming demand is qtk−1q^{k-1}_tqtk−1​, as the sequence of events on p. 440 describes.

Disclosed hypotheses not on the page: p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 (a moving average needs an observation), σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 (the paper divides by Var⁡(D)=σ2\operatorname{Var}(D) = \sigma^2Var(D)=σ2), and square-integrable errors (Mathlib's variance is 000 off L2L^2L2). The paper's model (1) asks μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0; since μ\muμ affects no variance, no sign condition is imposed. Lead times are natural numbers. The statements hold in every period ttt, with no stationarity hypothesis.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded: the orders are computed from the demands, not posited processes with a given covariance; the variances are genuine because every random variable involved is square integrable; and the ratio's denominator is σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0.

A complete development needs variance and covariance calculus for finite linear combinations of independent L2L^2L2 variables, and, for Eq. (6), the vanishing of the covariance between an odd and an even function of a symmetric random vector. Both are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of either target, and general lemmas on variances of linear filters of i.i.d. sequences, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Chen, Z. Drezner, J. K. Ryan, D. Simchi-Levi, Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information, Management Science 46(3):436–443, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.3.436.12069
  • H. L. Lee, V. Padmanabhan, S. Whang, Information Distortion in a Supply Chain: The Bullwhip Effect, Management Science 43(4):546–558, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.43.4.546
  • J. K. Ryan, Analysis of Inventory Models with Limited Demand Information, Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Industrial Engineering and Management Science, Northwestern University, 1997.
  • L. V. Snyder, Z.-J. M. Shen, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2019, Chapter 13 (formalized on Prove2Me as SupplyChainTheory.*).
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Stochastic Matrices Associated with Certain Queuing Processes 1: The M/G/1 Imbedded Chain Is Ergodic iff ρ < 1 and Recurrent iff ρ ≤ 1Research Paper

Motivation

Many queues observed at well-chosen instants are Markov chains on the nonnegative integers. For the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and general service times (M/G/1), D. G. Kendall showed in 1951 that the number of customers left behind at successive departure epochs is such a chain, the imbedded Markov chain (Kendall 1951; Kendall 1953). Whether the queue settles into a steady state, keeps returning to empty without settling, or grows without bound is then a question about this chain: is it ergodic, null recurrent, or transient?

F. G. Foster's 1953 paper (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177728976) answers this question by first proving general criteria for an irreducible chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}, stated as solvability conditions for linear inequalities in the transition matrix, and then applying them to the M/G/1 and GI/M/1 chains. Theorem 2 of the paper is the drift condition now known as Foster's criterion, the starting point of the Lyapunov-function method for the stability of queues and stochastic networks (Meyn and Tweedie 2009). This mission is the M/G/1 half of the paper.

Timeline:

  • 1951–1953, Kendall. Introduces the imbedded chains of M/G/1 and GI/M/1 and obtains most of their classification by direct methods.
  • 1953, Foster. Derives the classification from general criteria: Theorem 2 (ergodicity), Theorems 4–6 (transience and recurrence).
  • 1950s onward. The criteria become the standard tools (Feller's text; later the drift conditions of Meyn and Tweedie).

Setting

A Markov chain on the states {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} is given by a transition matrix P=[pij]P=[p_{ij}]P=[pij​]: pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij}=1∑j​pij​=1 for every row iii. Write fij(n)f_{ij}^{(n)}fij(n)​ for the probability that the chain started in iii first reaches jjj (for i=ji=ji=j, first returns to jjj) at step n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The chain is irreducible if every state can be reached from every other, and aperiodic if for every state the return times have greatest common divisor 111. A state jjj is recurrent if fjj=∑nfjj(n)=1f_{jj}=\sum_n f_{jj}^{(n)}=1fjj​=∑n​fjj(n)​=1 and transient if fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1; a recurrent state is ergodic (positive recurrent, "recurrent-nonnull") if in addition its mean recurrence time ∑nnfjj(n)\sum_n n f_{jj}^{(n)}∑n​nfjj(n)​ is finite. The mean first-passage time from iii to jjj is μij=∑n≥1nfij(n)∈[0,∞]\mu_{ij}=\sum_{n\ge1} n f_{ij}^{(n)}\in[0,\infty]μij​=∑n≥1​nfij(n)​∈[0,∞].

The M/G/1 matrix is built from a sequence k0,k1,…k_0,k_1,\dotsk0​,k1​,… of positive numbers summing to one (knk_nkn​ is the probability of nnn arrivals during one service):

[pij]=[k0k1k2⋯k0k1k2⋯0k0k1⋯00k0⋯⋮⋮⋮],[p_{ij}] = \begin{bmatrix} k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ 0 & k_0 & k_1 & \cdots \\ 0 & 0 & k_0 & \cdots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix},[pij​]=​k0​k0​00⋮​k1​k1​k0​0⋮​k2​k2​k1​k0​⋮​⋯⋯⋯⋯​​,

that is, p0j=kjp_{0j}=k_jp0j​=kj​ and, for i≥1i\ge1i≥1, pij=kj−i+1p_{ij}=k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ when j≥i−1j\ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. The traffic intensity is

ρ=∑n=1∞n kn∈[0,∞],\rho=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}n\,k_n\in[0,\infty],ρ=n=1∑∞​nkn​∈[0,∞],

the mean number of arrivals per service.

Formalization targets

Goal: the M/G/1 classification (§3, p. 358)

the chain is ergodic  ⟺  ρ<1,the chain is recurrent  ⟺  ρ≤1.\text{the chain is ergodic}\iff\rho<1,\qquad\text{the chain is recurrent}\iff\rho\le1 .the chain is ergodic⟺ρ<1,the chain is recurrent⟺ρ≤1.

The goal leaves kkk arbitrary apart from positivity and normalization; in particular ρ=∞\rho=\inftyρ=∞ is allowed and falls in the transient case.

Milestones (the paper's general theorems and the step of §3 they feed)

  1. Theorem 2 (drift criterion): a nonnegative solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi−1\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i-1∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with ∑jp0jyj<∞\sum_j p_{0j}y_j<\infty∑j​p0j​yj​<∞ makes the system ergodic. Already posed on the platform and referenced here.
  2. Theorem 3: in an ergodic system the mean first-passage times dj=μj0d_j=\mu_{j0}dj​=μj0​ are finite and satisfy ∑j≥1pijdj=di−1\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_j=d_i-1∑j≥1​pij​dj​=di​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0), ∑j≥1p0jdj<∞\sum_{j\ge1}p_{0j}d_j<\infty∑j≥1​p0j​dj​<∞.
  3. §3 display: for the ergodic M/G/1 chain, μi,i−1=μ10\mu_{i,i-1}=\mu_{10}μi,i−1​=μ10​ and μi0=iμ10\mu_{i0}=i\mu_{10}μi0​=iμ10​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0).
  4. Theorem 5: a solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with yi→∞y_i\to\inftyyi​→∞ makes the system recurrent.
  5. Theorem 7: for a probability distribution {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} with p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, ∑nznpn=z\sum_n z^np_n=z∑n​znpn​=z has a root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) iff ∑n≥1npn>1\sum_{n\ge1}np_n>1∑n≥1​npn​>1.
  6. Theorem 4: the system is transient iff ∑jpijyj=yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j=y_i∑j​pij​yj​=yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) has a bounded nonconstant solution.

Significance

The result. The classification is the stability theorem for the M/G/1 queue: for ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 the departure-epoch queue length has a stationary distribution, which is what the Pollaczek–Khinchine formula describes; for ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 the queue empties infinitely often but has no steady state; for ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1 it grows without bound. The general criteria behind it (Theorems 2, 4, 5) apply to any chain on the nonnegative integers and are reused in the companion GI/M/1 mission and throughout queueing and Markov-chain stability theory.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved on paper (Kendall and Foster, 1951–1953, with Theorems 3 and 7 classical lemmas from Feller). None of them is known to have a machine-checked proof against a Lean development of countable-state Markov chains. The mission produces such proofs on the published discrete-chain vocabulary (transition matrices, first-passage probabilities, return probabilities, positive recurrence), together with the general Foster criteria as reusable theorems. Theorem 2 is already posed as an open platform theorem and is reused here.

Difficulty

The queue-specific part of the argument is short once the general criteria are available; the weight of the mission is in those criteria. They relate qualitative properties of an infinite chain (ergodicity, recurrence, transience) to solvability of infinite systems of linear inequalities, and this needs limit behaviour of the nnn-step probabilities pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ and of hitting probabilities of state 000, none of which follows from finite-state arguments. Two further points resist the naive approach. The converse directions (ergodic ⇒ρ<1\Rightarrow\rho<1⇒ρ<1, recurrent ⇒ρ≤1\Rightarrow\rho\le1⇒ρ≤1) need exact identities for mean first-passage times, not just bounds, and these must be handled in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] because the means may be infinite. And the boundary case ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 (null recurrence) separates the two equivalences: an argument that only compares the mean drift ρ−1\rho-1ρ−1 with 000, such as a law of large numbers for the increments, cannot tell recurrence from transience there.

Formalization scope

  • The chain is the published QueueingFundamentals.Foundations.TransitionMatrix (entries P.p i j, rows summing to 111 as a HasSum), with its firstPassage, returnProb, Irreducible, Aperiodic and PositiveRecurrent. "Ergodic" is P.PositiveRecurrent; aperiodicity is the paper's standing assumption and is not folded into it a second time.
  • States are indexed from 000, as in the paper; "i≠0i\ne0i=0" is i ≠ 0.
  • The M/G/1 matrix is a function mg1Matrix k : ℕ → ℕ → ℝ; the goal and the §3 display quantify over every TransitionMatrix P with P.p = mg1Matrix k. Such a P exists for every admissible k (checked in a sorry-free local file for ki=2−(i+1)k_i=2^{-(i+1)}ki​=2−(i+1)).
  • ∑nkn=1\sum_n k_n=1∑n​kn​=1 is added as the meaning of "stochastic matrix"; §3 writes only ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • ρ\rhoρ and all mean first-passage times are extended nonnegative reals ([0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]), so divergent means are ∞\infty∞, never 000. Theorem 7's mean is also taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Recurrent means fjj=1f_{jj}=1fjj​=1 for every state jjj; transient means fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1 for every state. For irreducible chains these are complementary, which is a theorem, not a definition.
  • The general Theorems 3, 4 and 5 assume irreducibility and aperiodicity, the paper's standing assumption of §1. The goal does not assume them: they follow from ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • Every series in a hypothesis carries its convergence (Summable or HasSum); Theorem 3's equation (6) is written as di=1+∑j≥1pijdjd_i=1+\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_jdi​=1+∑j≥1​pij​dj​ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] together with finiteness of the djd_jdj​, j≠0j\ne0j=0.
  • Theorem 7's distribution is renamed qqq in Lean to avoid a clash with pijp_{ij}pij​. Theorem 1 of the paper (§2) and Theorem 6 are not targets of this mission.

Ruled out: ρ\rhoρ as a real tsum (which is 000 for a divergent series and would call a heavy-tailed chain ergodic); defining "ergodic" or "recurrent" through the existence of Lyapunov or drift functions (which would make the criteria tautological); a goal over a matrix PPP that need not exist.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the general criteria (Theorems 2–5) on the published chain vocabulary, the limit theorem pij(n)→πjp_{ij}^{(n)}\to\pi_jpij(n)​→πj​ for irreducible aperiodic chains, first-step analysis for hitting times, and Theorem 7 as a lemma on probability generating functions; all of these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 355–360, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • D. G. Kendall, Some problems in the theory of queues, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 13(2), 151–185, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1951.tb00093.x
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 338–354, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. I, Wiley, 1950.
  • S. Meyn and R. L. Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511626630
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning II: Probability-One Convergence of LS TD on Ergodic Markov ChainsResearch Paper

Motivation

Temporal-difference (TD) learning estimates the value function of a Markov chain — the expected discounted sum of future rewards from each state — from a single stream of observed transitions, without knowing the transition probabilities. With a linear function approximator the value of state xxx is represented as ϕx′θ\phi_x'\thetaϕx′​θ for a feature vector ϕx\phi_xϕx​ and a parameter θ\thetaθ. Classical TD(λ\lambdaλ) updates θ\thetaθ by stochastic approximation, and its behaviour depends on a step-size schedule that must be tuned.

Bradtke and Barto (Machine Learning 22, 1996) replaced the stochastic-approximation update by a least-squares solve: LS TD (Eq. (11)) recomputes θt\theta_tθt​ at every step as the instrumental-variable least-squares solution of the empirical consistency condition. The method, later generalized as LSTD(λ\lambdaλ) by Boyan (Machine Learning 49, 2002), is the basis of least-squares policy iteration and of the "LSTD" methods in standard reinforcement-learning texts (Sutton and Barto, Reinforcement Learning, 2nd ed., 2018, §9.8). Its appeal is that it has no step size; the question this mission formalizes is whether it nonetheless converges, with probability one, to the true parameter.

Timeline. Sutton (1988) introduced TD(λ\lambdaλ). Watkins and Dayan (1992) and Tsitsiklis (1994) proved probability-one convergence of tabular TD(0) and Q-learning. Bradtke and Barto (1996) proved probability-one convergence of LS TD on absorbing chains (Theorem 1) and on ergodic chains (Theorem 2). Tsitsiklis and Van Roy (IEEE TAC 42, 1997) proved convergence of linear TD(λ\lambdaλ) with general features on ergodic chains.

Setting

A finite Markov chain on a finite nonempty set XXX is a matrix PPP with P(x,y)≥0P(x,y)\ge0P(x,y)≥0 and ∑yP(x,y)=1\sum_yP(x,y)=1∑y​P(x,y)=1. A transition x→yx\to yx→y earns reward R(x,y)R(x,y)R(x,y); the expected reward out of xxx is rˉx=∑yP(x,y)R(x,y)\bar r_x=\sum_yP(x,y)R(x,y)rˉx​=∑y​P(x,y)R(x,y). For a discount factor γ\gammaγ the value function is

V(x)=E{∑k=0∞γkrk ∣ x0=x}=∑k=0∞γk(Pkrˉ)(x).V(x)=E\Big\{\sum_{k=0}^\infty\gamma^kr_k\ \Big|\ x_0=x\Big\}=\sum_{k=0}^\infty\gamma^k(P^k\bar r)(x).V(x)=E{k=0∑∞​γkrk​ ​ x0​=x}=k=0∑∞​γk(Pkrˉ)(x).

The chain is ergodic (Kemeny and Snell) if every state can be reached from every state: for all x,yx,yx,y there is nnn with Pn(x,y)>0P^n(x,y)>0Pn(x,y)>0. An invariant distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with πP=π\pi P=\piπP=π; write Π=diag⁡(π)\Pi=\operatorname{diag}(\pi)Π=diag(π).

Each state has a feature vector ϕx∈Rm\phi_x\in\mathbb R^mϕx​∈Rm; Φ\PhiΦ is the matrix with rows ϕx\phi_xϕx​. The true parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is a vector with V(x)=ϕx′θ∗V(x)=\phi_x'\theta^*V(x)=ϕx′​θ∗ for all xxx.

The algorithm (Figure 3) starts at an arbitrary state x0x_0x0​, lets the chain move x0→x1→⋯x_0\to x_1\to\cdotsx0​→x1​→⋯, and after ttt transitions computes

θt=[1t∑kϕxk(ϕxk−γϕxk+1)′]−1[1t∑kϕxkR(xk,xk+1)],(11)\theta_t=\Big[\frac1t\sum_{k}\phi_{x_k}(\phi_{x_k}-\gamma\phi_{x_{k+1}})'\Big]^{-1}\Big[\frac1t\sum_k\phi_{x_k}R(x_k,x_{k+1})\Big],\tag{11}θt​=[t1​k∑​ϕxk​​(ϕxk​​−γϕxk+1​​)′]−1[t1​k∑​ϕxk​​R(xk​,xk+1​)],(11)

the sums running over the ttt transitions observed so far.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 44)

If PPP is ergodic, (1) {ϕx}\{\phi_x\}{ϕx​} is linearly independent, (2) each ϕx\phi_xϕx​ has dimension ∣X∣|X|∣X∣, and (3) 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, then θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is finite and, from any initial law,

θt⟶θ∗with probability 1.\theta_t\longrightarrow\theta^*\qquad\text{with probability }1 .θt​⟶θ∗with probability 1.

The goal leaves the chain, the rewards, the features and the initial law arbitrary.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Visit frequencies (Proof of Theorem 2, p. 45): an ergodic chain visits every state infinitely often and #{k<t:xk=x}/t→πx\#\{k<t:x_k=x\}/t\to\pi_x#{k<t:xk​=x}/t→πx​ almost surely.
  2. Invertibility (Proof of Theorem 2, p. 45): πx>0\pi_x>0πx​>0 for all xxx, and Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\PhiΦ′Π(I−γP)Φ is invertible.
  3. The pathwise limit (Proof of Lemma 5, pp. 54–55): along any path whose transition frequencies converge to πxP(x,y)\pi_xP(x,y)πx​P(x,y), θt→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ]\theta_t\to[\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}[\Phi'\Pi\bar r]θt​→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ].
  4. Lemma 5 (p. 43): for any chain, if almost surely every state is visited infinitely often and in proportion π\piπ, and Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\PhiΦ′Π(I−γP)Φ is invertible, then θt→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ]\theta_t\to[\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}[\Phi'\Pi\bar r]θt​→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ] almost surely.
  5. Eq. (12) (p. 44): the value series converges and rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗\bar r=(I-\gamma P)\Phi\theta^*rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that an LS TD learner running on one long trajectory recovers the exact value function whenever the features can represent every function on the states, with no step-size schedule. It is the step-size-free counterpart of the tabular TD(0) convergence theorems and the starting point for the later analysis of LSTD with fewer features than states, where the limit is the TD fixed point [Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ′Πrˉ[\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}\Phi'\Pi\bar r[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ′Πrˉ rather than θ∗\theta^*θ∗. Lemma 5 is the general identification of that fixed point as the almost-sure limit of LSTD.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; it has not been machine-checked. A formalization adds three things the paper delegates: the strong law of large numbers for occupation times of a finite irreducible Markov chain, which the paper cites to Kemeny and Snell and which is not in Mathlib; the per-state transition frequencies used in the first sentence of the proof of Lemma 5; and the linear algebra of the limit. The first is reusable well beyond reinforcement learning.

Difficulty

The algebra is short once the empirical averages in (11) are known to converge. The difficulty is probabilistic: the averages are over a dependent sequence, so the ordinary strong law of large numbers does not apply. Two facts are needed: that the fraction of time in each state converges to πx\pi_xπx​ almost surely for any starting law, including periodic chains, where PnP^nPn itself does not converge; and that, among the visits to xxx, the fraction followed by a move to yyy converges to P(x,y)P(x,y)P(x,y), which needs the strong Markov property at successive visit times. Neither follows from convergence of the chain's distribution, and neither holds for a chain started at a fixed state without an argument that every state is reached.

Formalization scope

  • The model is a finite state type X with Fintype, DecidableEq, Nonempty, a row-stochastic matrix P : Matrix X X ℝ (structure Chain), rewards R : X → X → ℝ, features φ : X → Fin m → ℝ. Condition (2) is m = Fintype.card X; condition (1) is LinearIndependent ℝ φ.
  • "Ergodic" is read as irreducible, periodic chains allowed (Kemeny–Snell's aperiodic case is "regular"). "Arbitrary initial state" is read as every initial law ν\nuν, which contains every point mass.
  • The path is any process ZZZ on any probability space whose finite-dimensional distributions are ν(x0)P(x0,x1)⋯P(xn−1,xn)\nu(x_0)P(x_0,x_1)\cdots P(x_{n-1},x_n)ν(x0​)P(x0​,x1​)⋯P(xn−1​,xn​), with measurable events {Zt=x}\{Z_t=x\}{Zt​=x}.
  • VVV is the discounted series, never (I−γP)−1rˉ(I-\gamma P)^{-1}\bar r(I−γP)−1rˉ; Lean's tsum is 000 on a divergent series, so "θ* is finite" is stated as convergence of the series together with existence of θ∗\theta^*θ∗ with V=Φθ∗V=\Phi\theta^*V=Φθ∗. θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is existential, never defined as Lemma 5's limit.
  • (11) uses the transitions k=0,…,t−1k=0,\dots,t-1k=0,…,t−1 (the paper prints k=1,…,tk=1,\dots,tk=1,…,t with ϕt+1\phi_{t+1}ϕt+1​; an index shift), keeps the factors 1/t1/t1/t, and uses Lean's matrix inverse, which is 000 on a singular matrix: the paper notes θt\theta_tθt​ is undefined for small ttt, and finitely many junk values do not affect convergence. No εI\varepsilon IεI regularization, no pseudo-inverse.
  • θLSTD=lim⁡tθt\theta_{\rm LSTD}=\lim_t\theta_tθLSTD​=limt​θt​ is formalized as convergence of θt\theta_tθt​ (existence of the limit is part of the claim).
  • The convergence is almost sure. A formalization that assumes the visit frequencies converge in the goal, starts the chain from π\piπ, or weakens the conclusion to convergence in probability or along a subsequence is a different theorem.

Needed infrastructure: the strong law for occupation times of a finite irreducible chain under an arbitrary initial law (milestone 1), the strong Markov property at visit times, positivity of the invariant distribution of an irreducible chain, and the invertibility of I−γPI-\gamma PI−γP for ∣γ∣<1|\gamma|<1∣γ∣<1. Contributions to any of these, as standalone lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. J. Bradtke and A. G. Barto, Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning, Machine Learning 22, 33–57, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1018056104778
  • J. G. Kemeny and J. L. Snell, Finite Markov Chains, Springer, 1976.
  • J. A. Boyan, Technical Update: Least-Squares Temporal Difference Learning, Machine Learning 49, 233–246, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017936530646
  • J. N. Tsitsiklis and B. Van Roy, An Analysis of Temporal-Difference Learning with Function Approximation, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 42(5), 674–690, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.580874
  • R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning I: Probability-One Convergence of Trial-Based LS TD on Absorbing Markov ChainsResearch Paper

Motivation

Temporal-difference learning estimates the value of a policy from observed state transitions and rewards. In a finite Markov decision process, fixing a policy produces a Markov chain, so policy evaluation becomes the task of estimating the expected return from each state. Bradtke and Barto's 1996 paper introduced a least-squares temporal-difference method, LS TD, that uses each observed transition in a linear system instead of selecting a learning-rate schedule. Their Theorem 1 states probability-one convergence for trials that end at absorbing states under explicit conditions on state access, rewards, and features. This mission formalizes that result and the statements the authors use to reach it. Bradtke and Barto, 1996.

The result matters for episodic policy evaluation: a learner may collect many short trajectories, each begun from a prescribed start distribution, and update the same estimate as data accumulate. The theorem identifies conditions under which the limit is the true value parameter even when the discount factor is one. That endpoint is useful for undiscounted tasks ending in an absorbing goal state; it also makes the convergence claim more delicate than the standard discounted case. The paper proves the result mathematically. The Lean statements in this mission are targets for machine-checked proofs, not claims of proofs already present in Mathlib. Bradtke and Barto, Theorem 1, pp. 43–44.

Setting

Let XXX be a finite, nonempty set of states. After a policy is fixed, P(x,y)P(x,y)P(x,y) is the probability of a transition from xxx to yyy, so each row of PPP is nonnegative and sums to one. A transition earns a deterministic real reward R(x,y)R(x,y)R(x,y). A state is absorbing when P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1; let T\mathcal TT be the absorbing states and N=X∖T\mathcal N=X\setminus\mathcal TN=X∖T the others. The chain is absorbing when some absorbing state can be reached with positive probability from every state. A start distribution SSS gives the state at the beginning of each trial. No state is inaccessible when every state can be reached from the positive support of SSS.

For a discount γ\gammaγ, the expected immediate reward is rˉ(x)=∑yP(x,y)R(x,y)\bar r(x)=\sum_yP(x,y)R(x,y)rˉ(x)=∑y​P(x,y)R(x,y). The true value function is defined by the expected return

V(x)=∑k=0∞γk(Pkrˉ)(x).V(x)=\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\gamma^k(P^k\bar r)(x).V(x)=k=0∑∞​γk(Pkrˉ)(x).

A feature vector ϕx∈Rm\phi_x\in\mathbb R^mϕx​∈Rm represents state xxx. The matrix Φ\PhiΦ has row xxx equal to ϕx⊤\phi_x^\topϕx⊤​. The target parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is a vector for which V(x)=ϕx⊤θ∗V(x)=\phi_x^\top\theta^*V(x)=ϕx⊤​θ∗ at every state; it is something the theorem must establish, not an input chosen by a formula. Equation (11) forms an LS TD estimate θn\theta_nθn​ from the observed feature differences and rewards. Bradtke and Barto, §2, Table 1, Eq. (11).

Figure 2 collects trials. Each starts from SSS, follows PPP while the current state is non-absorbing, and ends upon entry into T\mathcal TT. The next trial starts with a fresh draw from SSS. The estimator includes transitions taken within trials; a draw that starts the next trial is not an observed transition for Eq. (11). Bradtke and Barto, Figure 2, p. 42.

Formalization targets

Theorem 1: convergence of trial-based LS TD

If every state is accessible from SSS, rewards between absorbing states vanish, the feature vectors on N\mathcal NN are linearly independent, features on T\mathcal TT are zero, m=∣N∣m=|\mathcal N|m=∣N∣, and 0≤γ≤10\le\gamma\le10≤γ≤1, then the expected-return series converges and there is a parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗ satisfying

V(x)=ϕx⊤θ∗(x∈X),θn⟶θ∗with probability one.V(x)=\phi_x^\top\theta^*\quad(x\in X),\qquad \theta_n\longrightarrow\theta^*\quad\text{with probability one}.V(x)=ϕx⊤​θ∗(x∈X),θn​⟶θ∗with probability one.

The theorem keeps the paper's endpoint γ=1\gamma=1γ=1. The return series' convergence is explicit because a real infinite sum in Lean has a default value when it diverges. Bradtke and Barto, Theorem 1, p. 43.

Supporting targets

The milestone list follows the statements used in the paper: almost-sure visits and departure proportions for the trials; invertibility of the non-absorbing block of I−γPI-\gamma PI−γP; invertibility of Φ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ\Phi^\top\Pi(I-\gamma P)\PhiΦ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ for positive non-absorbing weights; Lemma 5's probability-one limit [Φ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ⊤Πrˉ[\Phi^\top\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}\Phi^\top\Pi\bar r[Φ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ⊤Πrˉ; and Eq. (12), rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗\bar r=(I-\gamma P)\Phi\theta^*rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗, together with finiteness of the true parameter. Here Π=diag⁡(π)\Pi=\operatorname{diag}(\pi)Π=diag(π). Bradtke and Barto, Lemma 5, p. 43; Proof of Theorem 1, p. 44.

Significance

Theorem 1 identifies the target of the asymptotic LS TD estimate: the value function defined from rewards, rather than merely a vector satisfying a sampled linear system. It covers an undiscounted absorbing chain, where a general fixed-point equation for values would fail to determine the values of absorbing states. The zero-reward and zero-feature conditions determine that boundary correctly. The result also explains the dimension condition: one independent feature vector for each non-absorbing state permits exact representation of the return. Bradtke and Barto, pp. 43–44.

A complete formal development would connect finite-state stochastic-process laws, visit frequencies, matrix limits, and the return-defined value function in one checked statement. The reusable parts include a finite row-stochastic chain model, a path-law description of restarts, a filtered least-squares estimator, and results about transient blocks of stochastic matrices. The paper's mathematical proof exists; this mission asks for formal proofs of its Lean targets. It also leaves room for alternative proofs and sharper, separately stated variants without weakening Theorem 1.

Difficulty

Ordinary matrix convergence cannot be applied until the observed transition frequencies are known to converge and the limiting matrix is invertible. A trial has random length, and the process resets after absorption, so a sequence indexed by all restart-process steps does not have the same raw state proportions as a count indexed by trials. The proof must account for both clocks while retaining the in-trial data of Eq. (11). At γ=1\gamma=1γ=1, a direct geometric-series argument for the value function is unavailable; its finiteness depends on absorption and the reward convention. The matrix I−γPI-\gamma PI−γP itself is singular at the undiscounted endpoint because of absorbing states, while its non-absorbing block is the relevant invertible matrix. Bradtke and Barto, Proof of Theorem 1, p. 44.

Formalization scope

The Lean state type is finite and nonempty. The paper evaluates one fixed policy, so PPP is a real row-stochastic matrix and RRR is a deterministic real reward on transitions; there is no action type in the formal statement. Absorbing states are exactly those with P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1, and “absorbing chain” means that an absorbing state is reachable from every state. The paper does not define “inaccessible”; the formalization reads it as unreachable from the positive support of SSS. The state space carries the discrete measurable structure. Theorem 1's restart process and Lemma 5's ordinary Markov chain are each constrained by their finite-dimensional cylinder probabilities, not by assumed transition frequencies.

The feature space is Rm\mathbb R^mRm, and mmm equals the cardinality of the subtype N\mathcal NN. LS TD uses only departures from N\mathcal NN. Index nnn counts restart-process steps, so the estimate repeats at a restart draw; the paper counts in-trial transitions. These indices have the same asymptotic estimate when transitions continue. The 1/t1/t1/t factors in Eq. (11) cancel, and early singular inverses take Lean's total-inverse default. The value function is the return series, and the goal explicitly asserts its summability. The true parameter is existential, never defined by the formula whose convergence the theorem is meant to prove.

The paper defines πx\pi_xπx​ for absorbing chains as expected departures from xxx per trial. The Theorem 1 visit-frequency milestone normalizes by restart-process steps, which rescales all weights by one positive common factor; Lemma 5's matrix expression is invariant under that rescaling. Lemma 5 itself counts every ordinary-chain transition and carries the paper's “any Markov chain” scope. The milestone on invertibility allows arbitrary weights at absorbing states because their feature rows are zero. These conventions are recorded with each Lean item. Contributions toward the path-law frequency theorem, transient-matrix invertibility, return-series summability, and the matrix limit are all within scope. A vacuous path law or a value function defined from the desired linear equation would not establish the stated goal.

Selected references

  • S. J. Bradtke and A. G. Barto, Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning, Machine Learning 22, 33–57 (1996). DOI: 10.1023/A:1018056104778.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers IV: Asymptotically Optimal Staffing under a Waiting-Cost ConstraintResearch Paper

Motivation

A call center has to decide how many agents to staff. In practice the decision is often posed as a service-level constraint rather than a cost trade-off: use the fewest agents for which the expected waiting cost, or the fraction of customers who wait, stays below a target. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; journal version in Operations Research 52(1), 2004, doi:10.1287/opre.1030.0081) treat this constraint problem in Section 8 of their paper, alongside the cost-minimization problem of Sections 5–7, and show that a simple square-root staffing rule solves it asymptotically as the arrival rate grows.

The rule matters because it is what practitioners use. Under the classical Erlang-C model, the exact optimum requires evaluating the Erlang-C formula over many staffing levels. The asymptotic rule replaces this with a single equation in the Halfin–Whitt function PPP: when the target is a delay probability ε\varepsilonε (Example 8.5 of the paper), it reduces to staffing λ/μ+P−1(ε)λ/μ\lambda/\mu + P^{-1}(\varepsilon)\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}λ/μ+P−1(ε)λ/μ​ servers.

Timeline. Erlang's formula for the M/M/N delay probability dates from 1917. Halfin and Whitt (Operations Research 29, 1981) identified the limit P(x)P(x)P(x) of the delay probability under square-root staffing N=λ/μ+xλ/μN = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}N=λ/μ+xλ/μ​ with integer NNN. Jagers and Van Doorn (Operations Research Letters 5, 1986; SIAM Review 33, 1991) studied the continued Erlang loss and delay functions at non-integer numbers of servers, including their convexity, which is what lets the staffing problem be relaxed to a continuous one. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (2000/2004) used these to prove asymptotic optimality of square-root rules for both the cost and the constraint formulations.

Setting

Customers arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ to NNN identical servers, each with service rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0; μ\muμ is fixed while λ→∞\lambda \to \inftyλ→∞. Stability requires N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ. A customer who waits ttt time units costs Dλ(t)D_\lambda(t)Dλ​(t), where Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, DλD_\lambdaDλ​ is strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and ∫0∞Dλ(t)e−θt dt<∞\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}\,dt < \infty∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−θtdt<∞ for all θ>0\theta > 0θ>0.

The Erlang-C probability of waiting is

π(N,ν)=νNN!{(1−ν/N)∑n=0N−1νnn!+νNN!}−1,\pi(N,\nu) = \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\{(1-\nu/N)\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\frac{\nu^n}{n!} + \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\}^{-1},π(N,ν)=N!νN​{(1−ν/N)n=0∑N−1​n!νn​+N!νN​}−1,

and the conditional waiting cost is G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t)e−(Nμ−λ)t dtG(N,\lambda) = (N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dtG(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt. The waiting cost per unit time with NNN servers is

K(N,λ)=λ π(N,λ/μ) G(N,λ).K(N,\lambda) = \lambda\,\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)\,G(N,\lambda).K(N,λ)=λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ).

Given a target Mλ>0M_\lambda > 0Mλ​>0, the optimal staffing level is the least integer N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ with K(N,λ)≤MλK(N,\lambda) \le M_\lambdaK(N,λ)≤Mλ​; call it Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​.

In the continuous parametrization Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x) = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​, define Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x) = \lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ), the continuous Erlang-C function πλ(x)=H(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = H(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=H(Nλ​(x),λ/μ) with H(M,α)={α∫0∞e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1H(M,\alpha) = \{\alpha\int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha t}t(1+t)^{M-1}dt\}^{-1}H(M,α)={α∫0∞​e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1, and Kλ(x)=πλ(x)Gλ(x)K_\lambda(x) = \pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Kλ​(x)=πλ​(x)Gλ​(x). The Halfin–Whitt function is P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x))P(x) = 1/(1 + x/h(-x))P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x)) with h=ϕ/(1−Φ)h = \phi/(1-\Phi)h=ϕ/(1−Φ) the standard normal hazard rate. A staffing function xλ>0x_\lambda > 0xλ​>0 is judged by the rounding gap

Tλ(x)=min⁡{∣K(⌊Nλ(x)⌋,λ)−Mλ∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)−Mλ∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)−K(Nλ∗,λ)∣}.T_\lambda(x) = \min\big\{|K(\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor,\lambda) - M_\lambda|,\ |K(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda) - M_\lambda|,\ |K(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda) - K(N^*_\lambda,\lambda)|\big\}.Tλ​(x)=min{∣K(⌊Nλ​(x)⌋,λ)−Mλ​∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)−Mλ​∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)−K(Nλ∗​,λ)∣}.

It is asymptotically optimal when Tλ(xλ)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(x_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(xλ​)/Mλ​→0 as λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2 (rationalized regime)

Suppose that for some κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 and γ∈(0,∞)\gamma \in (0,\infty)γ∈(0,∞), Gλ(κ)/Mλ→γG_\lambda(\kappa)/M_\lambda \to \gammaGλ​(κ)/Mλ​→γ, i.e. the waiting cost is comparable to the target. Let yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda > 0yλ∗​>0 solve P(y)Gλ(y)=MλP(y)G_\lambda(y) = M_\lambdaP(y)Gλ​(y)=Mλ​. Then

lim⁡λ→∞Tλ(yλ∗)Mλ=0.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{T_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)}{M_\lambda} = 0.λ→∞lim​Mλ​Tλ​(yλ∗​)​=0.

Supporting milestones

  • Lemma C.1: GλG_\lambdaGλ​ is strictly convex and decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Section 3: πλ(x)=π(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = \pi(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=π(Nλ​(x),λ/μ) when Nλ(x)N_\lambda(x)Nλ​(x) is an integer.
  • Lemma 8.1: if zλ∗>0z^*_\lambda > 0zλ∗​>0 solves π^λ(z)G^λ(z)=Mλ\hat\pi_\lambda(z)\hat G_\lambda(z) = M_\lambdaπ^λ​(z)G^λ​(z)=Mλ​ and Kλ(zλ∗)/(π^λG^λ)(zλ∗)→1K_\lambda(z^*_\lambda)/(\hat\pi_\lambda\hat G_\lambda)(z^*_\lambda) \to 1Kλ​(zλ∗​)/(π^λ​G^λ​)(zλ∗​)→1, then Tλ(zλ∗)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(z^*_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(zλ∗​)/Mλ​→0.
  • Lemma B.1: PPP is strictly convex and decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Eq. (17): lim sup⁡aλ/b=∞\limsup a_\lambda/b = \inftylimsupaλ​/b=∞ implies lim inf⁡P(aλ)/P(b)=0\liminf P(a_\lambda)/P(b) = 0liminfP(aλ​)/P(b)=0 and lim inf⁡πλ(aλ)/πλ(b)=0\liminf \pi_\lambda(a_\lambda)/\pi_\lambda(b) = 0liminfπλ​(aλ​)/πλ​(b)=0.
  • Lemma 4.1 (Halfin–Whitt): for bounded xλ>0x_\lambda > 0xλ​>0, πλ(xλ)/P(xλ)→1\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)/P(x_\lambda) \to 1πλ​(xλ​)/P(xλ​)→1; with xλ→xx_\lambda \to xxλ​→x, πλ(xλ)/P(x)→1\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)/P(x)\to 1πλ​(xλ​)/P(x)→1.

Further target: Theorem 8.6 (efficiency-driven regime)

If Gλ(κ)/Mλ→0G_\lambda(\kappa)/M_\lambda \to 0Gλ​(κ)/Mλ​→0 for every κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 and yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda > 0yλ∗​>0 solves Gλ(y)=MλG_\lambda(y) = M_\lambdaGλ​(y)=Mλ​, then Tλ(yλ∗)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(yλ∗​)/Mλ​→0.

Significance

The theorem certifies the staffing rule used in workforce-management practice: the excess staffing is determined by one scalar equation involving the Gaussian function PPP and the scaled waiting cost, and rounding the resulting staffing level misses the constraint by a vanishing fraction of the target. Lemma 8.1 is a reusable framework: any approximation π^λG^λ\hat\pi_\lambda\hat G_\lambdaπ^λ​G^λ​ that is asymptotically exact at the proposed staffing level yields an asymptotically optimal rule, and the paper instantiates it in three regimes (Theorems 8.2, 8.6, 8.9).

The results are proved on paper. To the best of current knowledge none of them, nor the Halfin–Whitt limit for the continuous Erlang-C extension, has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would produce the first verified heavy-traffic limit of the Erlang-C delay probability, a verified continuous Erlang-C extension with its integer identity, and the convexity facts about PPP and GλG_\lambdaGλ​ that many staffing papers cite without proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to quote Halfin and Whitt: the delay probability converges to P(x)P(x)P(x) under square-root staffing, so PPP can replace the Erlang-C formula. That limit, as published in 1981, is about integer server counts along sequences with a convergent excess-staffing parameter. The paper needs it for the continuous function HHH at non-integer server counts and for staffing functions that are merely bounded, and it also needs the identity H(N,ν)=π(N,ν)H(N,\nu) = \pi(N,\nu)H(N,ν)=π(N,ν) at integers and the monotonicity of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ in xxx, both cited from Jagers and Van Doorn rather than proved. None of these is in Mathlib. A second obstacle is that the staffing function yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ is defined only implicitly by an equation involving GλG_\lambdaGλ​, which depends on the arbitrary cost functions DλD_\lambdaDλ​; nothing a priori prevents it from escaping to infinity, outside the range where the Halfin–Whitt approximation applies. Finally, TλT_\lambdaTλ​ compares integer-level costs given by the Erlang-C formula with a continuous approximation, so both representations of the delay probability are in play at once.

Formalization scope

The queue itself is not formalized: there is no Markov chain and no waiting-time distribution. Every statement is about the closed-form waiting cost K(N,λ)K(N,\lambda)K(N,λ) with π\piπ given by the Erlang-C formula, exactly as the paper's analysis is. Conventions, all in the namespace DimCallCenters.Constraint:

  • lam : ℝ is the arrival rate (λ is a Lean keyword); limits are Filter.atTop in lam, with μ fixed. Objects indexed by λ (MλM_\lambdaMλ​, Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​, yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​) are functions of lam constrained only for lam > 0.
  • WaitModel packages μ > 0 and DλD_\lambdaDλ​ with Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, strict monotonicity on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and integrability of Dλ(t)e−θtD_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}Dλ​(t)e−θt on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) for θ > 0 (the paper's finiteness of GGG; integrability is required because Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 0).
  • Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ is a function Nstar : ℝ → ℕ given with its two defining properties (feasible; below every feasible integer level above λ/μ). yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ and zλ∗z^*_\lambdazλ∗​ are any positive solutions of their equations; existence and uniqueness are not hypotheses.
  • In TλT_\lambdaTλ​ the round-down term is dropped when ⌊Nλ(x)⌋≤λ/μ\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor \le \lambda/\mu⌊Nλ​(x)⌋≤λ/μ (an unstable level where KKK is undefined). This can only enlarge TλT_\lambdaTλ​.
  • Asymptotic relations are limits of ratios. lim sup⁡=∞\limsup = \inftylimsup=∞ and lim inf⁡=0\liminf = 0liminf=0 are stated with ∃ᶠ ("frequently"), lim sup⁡<∞\limsup < \inftylimsup<∞ as eventual boundedness.
  • PPP is defined through explicit ϕ\phiϕ, Φ\PhiΦ, hhh; the formula also gives P(0)=1P(0) = 1P(0)=1, used in Lemma 4.1(2) at x=0x = 0x=0.
  • No hypothesis lim⁡N↓λ/μG(N,λ)=∞\lim_{N\downarrow\lambda/\mu}G(N,\lambda) = \inftylimN↓λ/μ​G(N,λ)=∞ is added: it is not needed for the statements here.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: TλT_\lambdaTλ​ keeps all of the paper's terms and is never replaced by a smaller quantity, and the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable — Dλ(t)=aλ/μ tD_\lambda(t) = a\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}\,tDλ​(t)=aλ/μ​t with Mλ=MλM_\lambda = M\lambdaMλ​=Mλ satisfies (33) for every κ\kappaκ with γ=a/(μκM)\gamma = a/(\mu\kappa M)γ=a/(μκM).

Infrastructure needed: the continuous Erlang-C function and its integer identity; the Halfin–Whitt limit (a Gaussian approximation of Poisson/gamma tails); calculus facts about the normal hazard rate. These are reusable beyond this mission, notably by the sibling missions on the cost-minimization problem. Example 8.5 (delay-probability target with Dλ=1t>0D_\lambda = 1_{t>0}Dλ​=1t>0​) motivates the rule but violates the strict monotonicity of DλD_\lambdaDλ​, so it is not an instance of the theorem as stated. Contributions on any milestone, and on Theorem 8.9 (quality-driven regime, which needs Lemma 4.2), are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; Operations Research 52(1):17–34, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0081
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • A. A. Jagers, E. A. Van Doorn, On the Continued Erlang Loss Function, Operations Research Letters 5:43–46, 1986.
  • A. A. Jagers, E. A. Van Doorn, Convexity of Functions which are Generalizations of the Erlang Loss Function and the Erlang Delay Function, SIAM Review 33:281–282, 1991.
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Discounted Dynamic Programming: An Optimal Stationary Plan Exists When the Action Set Is Essentially FiniteResearch Paper

Motivation

Sequential decisions often change the distribution of future states. A planner choosing an action today must account for both its immediate reward and the later rewards made possible by the resulting state. The mathematical question is whether an optimal rule can be chosen once and reused at every stage, even when a competing plan may randomize and use the entire observed history. In Discounted Dynamic Programming, Blackwell studies this question on general Borel state and action spaces, beyond the finite models in which a direct comparison of actions is available.

The paper distinguishes several strengths of optimality. For each distribution of the initial state, an approximately optimal stationary plan exists, but a single plan that is approximately optimal at every initial state need not exist in a general Borel problem. Essential countability of the actions restores uniform approximate stationary optimality; essential finiteness yields exact stationary optimality. These are different mathematical claims, and the mission keeps their different quantifiers visible. Blackwell 1965, pp. 227, 229, 232–234.

Setting

A state is an element sss of a nonempty standard Borel space SSS, and an action is an element aaa of a nonempty standard Borel space AAA. The transition kernel q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) gives a probability distribution for the next state after action aaa in state sss. The reward r(s,a,s′)∈Rr(s,a,s')\in\mathbb Rr(s,a,s′)∈R may depend on that next state s′s's′; it is bounded and Borel measurable. Future rewards are discounted by β\betaβ with 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1. These are the objects of Blackwell’s Sections 2–3. Blackwell 1965, pp. 227–228.

A plan π=(π1,π2,…)\pi=(\pi_1,\pi_2,\ldots)π=(π1​,π2​,…) assigns a probability distribution of actions to each possible history before a decision. At stage nnn, that history contains n−1n-1n−1 completed state-action pairs and the current state. Thus plans may randomize and depend on earlier states and actions. A Markov plan instead uses a Borel function fn:S→Af_n:S\to Afn​:S→A at each stage; a stationary plan uses the same function fff at every stage and is denoted f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞). Starting from state sss, the plan has discounted expected return

I(π)(s)=∑n=1∞βn−1 Esπ[r(σn,αn,σn+1)].I(\pi)(s)=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\beta^{n-1}\,\mathbb E_s^\pi\bigl[r(\sigma_n,\alpha_n,\sigma_{n+1})\bigr].I(π)(s)=n=1∑∞​βn−1Esπ​[r(σn​,αn​,σn+1​)].

Here σn\sigma_nσn​ and αn\alpha_nαn​ are the state and action at stage nnn. The comparison class for an optimal plan is all such plans, including randomized and history-dependent ones. Blackwell 1965, pp. 228–229.

Two actions are equivalent at state sss when they have the same reward r(s,a,s′)r(s,a,s')r(s,a,s′) for every next state s′s's′ and the same transition measure q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a). An action set is essentially countable by a Markov plan (f1,f2,…)(f_1,f_2,\ldots)(f1​,f2​,…) if, for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a), one of the actions fn(s)f_n(s)fn​(s) is equivalent to aaa at sss. It is essentially finite by that plan if SSS has a countable Borel partition (Sn)(S_n)(Sn​) such that, for s∈Sns\in S_ns∈Sn​, one of f1(s),…,fn(s)f_1(s),\ldots,f_n(s)f1​(s),…,fn​(s) is equivalent to every action aaa at sss. A finite action set is a special case. Blackwell 1965, pp. 233–234.

Formalization targets

For a probability distribution ppp on SSS and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, (p,ε)(p,\varepsilon)(p,ε)-optimality asks for a stationary fff with

p{s:I(π)(s)>I(f(∞))(s)+ε}=0for every plan π.p\{s:I(\pi)(s)>I(f^{(\infty)})(s)+\varepsilon\}=0\qquad\text{for every plan }\pi.p{s:I(π)(s)>I(f(∞))(s)+ε}=0for every plan π.

Theorem 6(b) asserts that such an fff always exists. Under essential countability, Theorem 7(a) obtains a stronger, uniform ε\varepsilonε-optimality statement: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is a stationary fff with I(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)+εI(\pi)(s)\le I(f^{(\infty)})(s)+\varepsilonI(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)+ε for all π,s\pi,sπ,s. Its other targets identify the optimal return with the fixed point of the operator Uπu=sup⁡nTfnuU_\pi u=\sup_nT_{f_n}uUπ​u=supn​Tfn​​u and with the unique bounded solution of the optimality equation u=sup⁡a∈ATauu=\sup_{a\in A}T_auu=supa∈A​Ta​u. Blackwell 1965, pp. 232–234.

The mission’s goal is Theorem 7(b). Under essential finiteness, it asks for a stationary fff with exact optimality:

I(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)for every plan π and state s.I(\pi)(s)\le I(f^{(\infty)})(s)\qquad\text{for every plan }\pi\text{ and state }s.I(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)for every plan π and state s.

The milestone list also includes the paper’s operator identity, approximate selection result, contraction criterion, generated-plan comparison, and upper-bound criterion. Each has its own source index and statement. Blackwell 1965, pp. 231–234.

Significance

The exact result says that, under a condition weaker than a globally finite action set, repeated use of one measurable state-based rule matches or exceeds the return of every adaptive randomized plan. It is a structural result about what information and randomization can add to discounted control. The preceding approximate results specify what can still be guaranteed when that condition is relaxed; Blackwell’s examples show that the distinctions cannot simply be ignored. Blackwell 1965, pp. 229–230, 234.

Blackwell proved these statements in 1965. The formalization work here is to give machine-checked proofs for the Borel-space model and its full comparison class, together with reusable definitions of history-dependent kernels, returns, stationary rules, and Bellman operators. The draft theorem statements compile as Lean declarations, but their proofs remain open. The milestone results are intended to make both the final theorem and its supporting measure-theoretic objects independently usable.

Difficulty

On an uncountable Borel action space, the pointwise supremum of available action values does not automatically come with a Borel action selector. Choosing a maximizing action separately at each state may fail to define a measurable rule, and a supremum need not be attained. Also, a Markov or stationary comparison cannot by itself certify optimality against plans that depend on full histories. These issues are real in the paper’s examples: general Borel problems may lack an ε\varepsilonε-optimal plan, and a given plan need not be uniformly approximated by a Markov plan. Blackwell 1965, pp. 229–230.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses nonempty StandardBorelSpace types for SSS and AAA. “Baire function” is read as Borel measurable on these metrizable spaces. The problem stores a Markov transition kernel, a bounded measurable real reward on S×A×SS\times A\times SS×A×S, and 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1; β=0\beta=0β=0 is included. A plan contains a probability kernel on each finite history, and the return is the actual absolutely convergent series of expected one-stage rewards. The first decision is indexed by 000 in Lean, corresponding to the paper’s index 111. The finite history law is assembled through kernel composition products, and a stationary rule is represented by deterministic kernels. The integrals and series therefore express the paper’s expected return, including the cases where the reward depends on the next state.

For the operator results, M(S)M(S)M(S) means bounded and measurable real functions. The suprema defining UπU_\piUπ​ and the optimal return are real suprema over nonempty families bounded by the reward and discount; they are used only in that setting. The abstract operator in Theorem 5 maps M(S)M(S)M(S) into itself. The action equivalence predicate uses the paper’s explicit equality of reward functions and transition laws; the later “i.e.” phrasing on p. 234 is weaker when interpreted as equality of operators alone. A partition piece may be empty, and Lean’s piece nnn corresponds to the paper’s Sn+1S_{n+1}Sn+1​, with rules f1,…,fn+1f_1,\ldots,f_{n+1}f1​,…,fn+1​.

An optimality claim here always compares with every randomized history-dependent plan. Restricting that quantifier to Markov or stationary plans would trivialize the target. A complete development needs measure-theoretic facts about history laws and their bounded integrals, the discounted series, measurable partitions and selections, and the sup-norm contraction of bounded Borel functions. The history-law and bounded-function infrastructure can be reused outside this mission. Contributions to those foundations and to the numbered milestone theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • David Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(1), 226–235, 1965. DOI: 10.1214/aoms/1177700285.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Sample Complexity of Pattern Classification with Neural Networks: The Size of the Weights is More Important than the Size of the Network III: Sigmoid Networks with Small Weights GeneralizeResearch Paper

Motivation

A classifier built from a neural network produces a real score and predicts a binary label from its sign. A network can have many hidden units, so a guarantee based only on the number of parameters can be uninformative even when its output weights are small. Bartlett's 1998 paper asks whether a classifier's margin on training examples and the total magnitude of its weights can control its probability of error without fixing the number of units. Its Theorem 28 gives such a statement for two-layer networks whose activation is bounded and nondecreasing. The paper also discusses why this parameter-magnitude view supports weight decay and early stopping as learning heuristics, while leaving their algorithmic behavior outside the theorem's scope (Bartlett 1998, pp. 526, 534–535).

The theorem combines two results in the same paper. Theorem 2 turns the fat-shattering dimension of a real-valued function class into a margin generalization bound. Corollary 24 controls that dimension for finite combinations of affine-input units when the sum of the absolute combination weights is bounded. Lemmas 19, 22, and 23 supply covering estimates along that path. These are the milestones of this mission, with the source statements preserved in the milestone record (Bartlett 1998, pp. 527, 532–534).

Setting

An input is a vector x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn, represented in Lean as Fin n → ℝ. A label is y∈{−1,+1}y\in\{-1,+1\}y∈{−1,+1}; Lean's Bool is converted by pm, where true means +1+1+1. A probability distribution PPP lives on labeled inputs. From an independent sample z=((xi,yi))i=1mz=((x_i,y_i))_{i=1}^mz=((xi​,yi​))i=1m​, the empirical margin error at scale γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 is the fraction of indices with yih(xi)<γy_i h(x_i)<\gammayi​h(xi​)<γ. The population error is the probability that sgn⁡(h(x))≠y\operatorname{sgn}(h(x))\ne ysgn(h(x))=y, where sgn⁡(0)=+1\operatorname{sgn}(0)=+1sgn(0)=+1. The inequality in the empirical error is strict, as in the paper's definition (Bartlett 1998, p. 526).

Fix a bounded nondecreasing activation σ:R→[−1,1]\sigma:\mathbb R\to[-1,1]σ:R→[−1,1]. The first-layer class FFF contains every x↦σ(w⋅x+w0)x\mapsto\sigma(w\cdot x+w_0)x↦σ(w⋅x+w0​), with an arbitrary weight vector and bias. The network class HHH contains all finite sums ∑i=1Nαifi\sum_{i=1}^N\alpha_i f_i∑i=1N​αi​fi​ with fi∈Ff_i\in Ffi​∈F and ∑i∣αi∣≤A\sum_i|\alpha_i|\le A∑i​∣αi​∣≤A. Thus AAA bounds the output layer's total weight magnitude, while NNN can vary without an imposed width limit. The bias w0w_0w0​ is part of every unit. For a class GGG, fat⁡G(η)\operatorname{fat}_G(\eta)fatG​(η) records the largest length of an input sequence whose every sign pattern can be realized with separation at least η\etaη around one vector of thresholds (Bartlett 1998, pp. 526, 533–534).

Formalization targets

Two-layer generalization

For 0<γ≤10<\gamma\le10<γ≤1, 0<δ<1/20<\delta<1/20<δ<1/2, A≥1A\ge1A≥1, and an independent sample of length m≥1m\ge1m≥1, the goal is one universal c>0c>0c>0 such that, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, every h∈Hh\in Hh∈H satisfies

er⁡P(h)<er⁡^zγ(h)+cm(A2nγ2log⁡ ⁣(32Aγ)(log⁡m)2+log⁡ ⁣(1δ)).\operatorname{er}_P(h)<\widehat{\operatorname{er}}_z^\gamma(h)+ \sqrt{\frac{c}{m}\left( \frac{A^2n}{\gamma^2}\log\!\left(\frac{32A}{\gamma}\right)(\log m)^2+ \log\!\left(\frac1\delta\right)\right)}.erP​(h)<erzγ​(h)+mc​(γ2A2n​log(γ32A​)(logm)2+log(δ1​))​.

The paper prints log⁡(A/γ)\log(A/\gamma)log(A/γ) in this display. That term vanishes at A=γ=1A=\gamma=1A=γ=1, although the class can then contain halfspace classifiers with nonzero sample complexity. The proof obtains a positive factor at that corner through Corollary 24 at scale γ/16\gamma/16γ/16, giving log⁡(32A/γ)\log(32A/\gamma)log(32A/γ). The goal states this correction and records the printed statement separately in the moderation notes. The constant precedes all network, distribution, margin, confidence, and sample parameters in Lean; it cannot be selected after observing the instance (Bartlett 1998, pp. 533–534).

Capacity and margin milestones

Corollary 24 bounds fat⁡H(η)\operatorname{fat}_H(\eta)fatH​(η) by a constant multiple of M2A2nη−2log⁡(MA/η)M^2A^2n\eta^{-2}\log(MA/\eta)M2A2nη−2log(MA/η) when the activation has range [−M/2,M/2][-M/2,M/2][−M/2,M/2]. Theorem 2 then converts a finite fat dimension at scale γ/16\gamma/16γ/16 into a simultaneous bound on population error for all members of HHH. The three covering lemmas track how shattering, pseudodimension, and an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ weight budget affect covers in sample ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​, ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​, and ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ distances. Each bound retains the scale and explicit constants printed by the paper, subject to the stated corrections to undefined or false boundary cases (Bartlett 1998, pp. 527, 532–533).

Significance

The goal gives a width-independent generalization guarantee for a chosen network when its empirical margin error and total output weight are small. It applies to the entire class HHH at once, so choosing a network after inspecting the sample does not turn the bound into a claim about only one fixed predictor. It does not assert that a learning algorithm finds such a network or that the displayed constants are optimal. Bartlett notes that later work had improved a logarithmic factor, and that empirical agreement with neural-network performance remained an open experimental question at the time (Bartlett 1998, pp. 534–535).

The paper proves the mathematical result. This mission asks for a machine-checked proof of its corrected formal statement and the stated supporting results; the draft theorem files currently contain proof obligations. A completed development would also make the fat dimension and strict external sample-cover definitions available for other margin analyses. Those objects differ from the platform's fixed-architecture neural networks and closed-ball covering numbers, so they are defined here with the conventions of this paper.

Difficulty

Counting hidden units gives no finite width-independent capacity bound, because HHH permits arbitrarily many terms. Bounding each unit separately also does not control the full combination class: different small contributions can produce distinct values on a sample. The challenging step is relating covers of the base class to covers of all finite combinations under the total absolute-weight constraint, and then relating those covers back to fat-shattering. Even once a finite capacity estimate is available, the probability statement must hold simultaneously for every h∈Hh\in Hh∈H, including a network selected after sampling (Bartlett 1998, pp. 532–534).

Formalization scope

Lean uses N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞} for fat dimensions and covering numbers, so an unbounded class cannot acquire a spurious dimension zero. Covers are external finite sets of real functions and use the strict distance <ε<\varepsilon<ε of Definition 3. Sample ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ distances are normalized by mmm. Pseudodimension is the supremum of positive-scale fat dimensions, matching the paper's right limit. Theorems assume m≥1m\ge1m≥1, and sample indices are zero-based. The network class is generated from its weights rather than supplied as an arbitrary set satisfying the desired bound.

The paper says it ignores measurability issues and assumes all sets considered are measurable (Bartlett 1998, p. 526). The goal makes the event of a violating network measurable. Its individual network functions are measurable from monotonicity of σ\sigmaσ and finite sums; the restated Theorem 2 has explicit hypotheses for measurable class members, the violating event, and the double-sample event in its proof. Theorem 2 additionally restricts d=fat⁡H(γ/16)d=\operatorname{fat}_H(\gamma/16)d=fatH​(γ/16) to d≤34md\le34md≤34m, where its printed logarithmic bound remains valid. Corollary 24 uses n≥1n\ge1n≥1 because a zero-dimensional input still permits a biased constant unit. Lemma 23 uses d≥1d\ge1d≥1 and 0<γ<emM/d0<\gamma<emM/d0<γ<emM/d in place of the printed γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0: at γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 or d=0d=0d=0, or for γ≥emM/d\gamma\ge emM/dγ≥emM/d, the printed strict inequality fails, while on the rest of the printed range it is kept. These are recorded as corrections rather than attributed to the printed wording.

The deeper-network part of Theorem 28 is outside this proposal. Its printed chain through Corollary 27 has an unresolved range issue when the input box bound BBB is smaller than the activation range, and the displayed log⁡n\log nlogn factor also vanishes at n=1n=1n=1. This mission's goal is Part 1 and uses none of those claims. Contributions that establish the corrected covering lemmas, the capacity corollary, or the simultaneous margin bound fit the present proof frontier (Bartlett 1998, pp. 533–534).

Selected references

  • P. L. Bartlett, The Sample Complexity of Pattern Classification with Neural Networks: The Size of the Weights is More Important than the Size of the Network, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 44(2), 525–536, 1998. DOI.
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers III: Asymptotically Optimal Staffing in the Quality-Driven RegimeResearch Paper

Motivation

How many agents should a call center staff? Telephone call centers employ millions of people, and staffing is their largest cost, so the question is asked every half hour of every day (Gans, Koole & Mandelbaum, 2003). The classical model is the M/M/N (Erlang-C) queue: calls arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ, service times are exponential with mean 1/μ1/\mu1/μ, and NNN agents serve in parallel. Practitioners use the square-root safety staffing rule N≈λ/μ+yλ/μN \approx \lambda/\mu + y\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}N≈λ/μ+yλ/μ​, which Halfin and Whitt (1981) justified in the regime where the probability of waiting stays bounded away from 000 and 111.

Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; published as Operations Research 52(1), 2004) asked when such a rule is actually optimal: given a staffing cost and a waiting cost, which staffing level minimizes total cost as the arrival rate grows? They identified three regimes according to how the two costs compare. This mission formalizes their third case, the quality-driven regime, in which waiting is so expensive relative to staffing that the optimal number of agents exceeds the offered load by more than any fixed multiple of its square root.

Setting

Fix a service rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. For every arrival rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 a waiting-cost function DλD_\lambdaDλ​ assigns cost Dλ(t)D_\lambda(t)Dλ​(t) to a wait of ttt time units; it satisfies Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, is strictly increasing, and t↦Dλ(t)e−θtt \mapsto D_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}t↦Dλ​(t)e−θt is integrable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) for every θ>0\theta > 0θ>0. A staffing cost FFF, defined for real N>0N > 0N>0, is convex and strictly increasing.

For an integer N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ the probability of waiting is the Erlang-C formula

π(N,ν)=νNN!{(1−ν/N)∑n=0N−1νnn!+νNN!}−1,ν=λ/μ,\pi(N,\nu) = \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Bigl\{(1-\nu/N)\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\frac{\nu^n}{n!} + \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Bigr\}^{-1},\qquad \nu = \lambda/\mu,π(N,ν)=N!νN​{(1−ν/N)n=0∑N−1​n!νn​+N!νN​}−1,ν=λ/μ,

the expected waiting cost of a delayed customer is G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t)e−(Nμ−λ)t dtG(N,\lambda) = (N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dtG(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt, and the total cost per unit time is C(N,λ)=F(N)+λ π(N,λ/μ) G(N,λ)C(N,\lambda) = F(N) + \lambda\,\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)\,G(N,\lambda)C(N,λ)=F(N)+λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ). An optimal staffing level Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ minimizes C(⋅,λ)C(\cdot,\lambda)C(⋅,λ) over the integers N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ.

Write Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x) = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​, and for x>0x > 0x>0 put Fλ(x)=F(Nλ(x))−F(λ/μ)F_\lambda(x) = F(N_\lambda(x)) - F(\lambda/\mu)Fλ​(x)=F(Nλ​(x))−F(λ/μ), Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x) = \lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ), and πλ(x)=H(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = H(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=H(Nλ​(x),λ/μ), where H(M,α)={α∫0∞e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1H(M,\alpha) = \{\alpha\int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha t}t(1+t)^{M-1}dt\}^{-1}H(M,α)={α∫0∞​e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1 extends the Erlang-C formula to real MMM. The normalized cost is Cλ(x)=Fλ(x)+πλ(x)Gλ(x)C_\lambda(x) = F_\lambda(x) + \pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Cλ​(x)=Fλ​(x)+πλ​(x)Gλ​(x), and a surrogate cost is C[z;F^,π^,G^]=F^(z)+π^(z)G^(z)C[z;\hat F,\hat\pi,\hat G] = \hat F(z) + \hat\pi(z)\hat G(z)C[z;F^,π^,G^]=F^(z)+π^(z)G^(z). Rounding is measured by Sλ(x)=min⁡{C(⌊Nλ(x)⌋,λ),C(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)}S_\lambda(x) = \min\{C(\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor,\lambda), C(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda)\}Sλ​(x)=min{C(⌊Nλ​(x)⌋,λ),C(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)}.

Two special functions appear. The Halfin–Whitt delay function is P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x))P(x) = 1/(1 + x/h(-x))P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x)) with h=ϕ/(1−Φ)h = \phi/(1-\Phi)h=ϕ/(1−Φ) the standard normal hazard rate. The Stirling-type approximation is

Qλ(x)=exp⁡{Nλ(x)[1−rλ(x)+log⁡rλ(x)]}2πNλ(x) (1−rλ(x)),rλ(x)=λ/μNλ(x).Q_\lambda(x) = \frac{\exp\{N_\lambda(x)[1 - r_\lambda(x) + \log r_\lambda(x)]\}}{\sqrt{2\pi N_\lambda(x)}\,(1-r_\lambda(x))},\qquad r_\lambda(x) = \frac{\lambda/\mu}{N_\lambda(x)}.Qλ​(x)=2πNλ​(x)​(1−rλ​(x))exp{Nλ​(x)[1−rλ​(x)+logrλ​(x)]}​,rλ​(x)=Nλ​(x)λ/μ​.

Asymptotic relations are limits of ratios as λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞: aλ≈∞bλa_\lambda \stackrel{\infty}{\approx} b_\lambdaaλ​≈∞bλ​ means aλ/bλ→1a_\lambda/b_\lambda \to 1aλ​/bλ​→1, and aλ≪∞bλa_\lambda \stackrel{\infty}{\ll} b_\lambdaaλ​≪∞​bλ​ means aλ/bλ→0a_\lambda/b_\lambda \to 0aλ​/bλ​→0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

Assume the regime is quality-driven, display (27): Fλ(κ)≪∞Gλ(κ)F_\lambda(\kappa) \stackrel{\infty}{\ll} G_\lambda(\kappa)Fλ​(κ)≪∞​Gλ​(κ) for every κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0. Let yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ minimize Fλ(y)+Qλ(y)Gλ(y)F_\lambda(y) + Q_\lambda(y)G_\lambda(y)Fλ​(y)+Qλ​(y)Gλ​(y) over y>0y > 0y>0. Then

lim⁡λ→∞Sλ(yλ∗)−F(λ/μ)C(Nλ∗,λ)−F(λ/μ)=1.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{S_\lambda(y^*_\lambda) - F(\lambda/\mu)}{C(N^*_\lambda,\lambda) - F(\lambda/\mu)} = 1.λ→∞lim​C(Nλ∗​,λ)−F(λ/μ)Sλ​(yλ∗​)−F(λ/μ)​=1.

The statement fixes no constants and no rate; it asserts only that rounding the surrogate optimum loses a vanishing fraction of the excess cost.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma C.1 (GλG_\lambdaGλ​ strictly convex decreasing); the identity H(N,ν)=π(N,ν)H(N,\nu) = \pi(N,\nu)H(N,ν)=π(N,ν) at integer NNN (Section 3, p. 12); Lemma 3.1 and Lemma 3.2; Corollary 3.3 (the asymptotic optimality criterion); Lemma B.1 (PPP strictly convex decreasing); display (15); Lemma 4.1 (Halfin and Whitt); and the first statement of Lemma 4.2, πλ(xλ)≈∞Qλ(xλ)\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda) \stackrel{\infty}{\approx} Q_\lambda(x_\lambda)πλ​(xλ​)≈∞Qλ​(xλ​) whenever xλ→∞x_\lambda\to\inftyxλ​→∞.

Significance

Theorem 7.1 completes the paper's picture of optimal staffing. In the rationalized regime the square-root rule with the Halfin–Whitt function PPP is optimal; in the efficiency-driven regime staffing barely exceeds the load; in the quality-driven regime the staffing excess outgrows λ/μ\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}λ/μ​ and PPP must be replaced by the Stirling-type expression QλQ_\lambdaQλ​. The theorem gives a one-dimensional minimization whose solution is asymptotically optimal, which turns a discrete optimization over NNN into a smooth problem, and it marks the boundary of validity of square-root staffing.

The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. A complete development formalizes the Section 3 framework (shared with the other regimes of the same paper), the convexity of GλG_\lambdaGλ​ and of PPP, the Halfin–Whitt limit for the continuous extension πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​, and the Stirling-type asymptotics of the Erlang-C formula. Each of these is a reusable piece of queueing theory in Lean.

Difficulty

The regime theorem itself is short once the framework is in place; the weight lies in the analytic lemmas. Lemma 4.2 requires uniform asymptotics of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ at a staffing excess xλx_\lambdaxλ​ that may grow at any rate, from barely faster than a constant to faster than λ\sqrt{\lambda}λ​, where neither the central-limit picture of Halfin and Whitt nor a single Stirling expansion covers all cases. Lemma 4.1 concerns the continuous extension πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ at non-integer server counts, whereas Halfin and Whitt's theorem is about integer ones. The natural first idea, that the goal follows from Corollary 3.3 by plugging in Lemma 4.2, does not apply directly: Lemma 4.2 only covers staffing excesses that tend to infinity, and nothing in the definition of the true optimum xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​ or the surrogate optimum yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ says that they do.

Formalization scope

Lean represents λ\lambdaλ as a positive real, and λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞ is the filter atTop on R\mathbb{R}R with μ\muμ fixed. The standing assumptions on μ\muμ and DλD_\lambdaDλ​ are the structure WaitModel; FFF is a function argument with hypotheses ConvexOn and StrictMonoOn on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). Staffing levels NNN are natural numbers. Minimizers (Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​, xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​, zλ∗z^*_\lambdazλ∗​, yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​) are function arguments with minimality hypotheses at every λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, so every statement holds for every choice among ties. Liminf and limsup relations are stated through Filter.Frequently, avoiding boundedness side conditions.

The queue itself (Poisson arrivals, waiting-time law) is not formalized: the paper's analysis and all its theorems concern the closed-form cost C(N,λ)C(N,\lambda)C(N,λ) with the Erlang-C formula.

Conventions committed to: (i) the goal adds the hypothesis G(N,λ)→∞G(N,\lambda)\to\inftyG(N,λ)→∞ as N↓λ/μN\downarrow\lambda/\muN↓λ/μ, which the paper asserts on p. 12 to show the continuous optimum exists but which does not follow from its standing assumptions (it holds exactly when DλD_\lambdaDλ​ is unbounded); (ii) in SλS_\lambdaSλ​ the floor term is omitted when ⌊Nλ(x)⌋≤λ/μ\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor \le \lambda/\mu⌊Nλ​(x)⌋≤λ/μ, since the cost is undefined at unstable levels; (iii) the integrability of Dλ(t)e−θtD_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}Dλ​(t)e−θt is explicit, because a Lean integral of a non-integrable function is 000; (iv) P(0)=1P(0) = 1P(0)=1, the value of formula (11) at 000; (v) display (15) is stated for b>0b > 0b>0, since the ratio aλ/ba_\lambda/baλ​/b is undefined at b=0b = 0b=0. The instance μ=1\mu = 1μ=1, F(N)=cNF(N) = cNF(N)=cN, Dλ(t)=aλ tD_\lambda(t) = a\sqrt{\lambda}\,tDλ​(t)=aλ​t (Section 9) satisfies every hypothesis of the goal, so the goal is not vacuous; taking πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ or GλG_\lambdaGλ​ at Lean default values is ruled out by these explicit domain conditions.

Only the first statement of Lemma 4.2 is a milestone: the second, πλ(xλ)≈Q(xλ)\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)\approx Q(x_\lambda)πλ​(xλ​)≈Q(xλ​) under xλ≤sup⁡λ1/6x_\lambda \stackrel{\sup}{\le} \lambda^{1/6}xλ​≤sup​λ1/6, fails as printed at xλ=λ1/6x_\lambda = \lambda^{1/6}xλ​=λ1/6. Contributions on the Erlang-C asymptotics, the normal hazard rate, and Laplace transforms of increasing functions are welcome and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000 (the version formalized here; every index and page cited in this mission is the report's).
  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, Operations Research 52(1):17–34, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0081
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • N. Gans, G. Koole, A. Mandelbaum, Telephone Call Centers: Tutorial, Review, and Research Prospects, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 5(2):79–141, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.5.2.79.16071
24 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers II: Asymptotically Optimal Staffing in the Efficiency-Driven RegimeResearch Paper

Why staffing large call centers is a mathematical question

A call center must choose enough servers to limit waiting while paying for every server it staffs. When arrivals are heavy, small changes in the number of servers can change the probability of delay substantially. Borst, Mandelbaum, and Reiman study how to make this choice when the arrival rate grows and the costs of staffing and waiting need not grow at the same rate. Their CWI report treats several regimes within one queueing model. This mission concerns the efficiency-driven regime, where the incremental staffing cost eventually dominates the conditional waiting cost at every fixed positive square-root staffing offset. The resulting rule chooses an offset by optimizing a simpler cost that treats the probability of waiting as one.

The result is useful when the staffing-cost and waiting-cost primitives change with system scale. It says that the simplified choice still attains the optimal total cost asymptotically, even though the actual staffing decision is an integer and the simplified problem uses a real variable. The report states this as Theorem 6.1 on printed page 19, with its interpretation of asymptotic optimality supplied by Corollary 3.3 on printed page 14.

The Erlang-C cost model

Customers arrive at rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and receive exponential service at rate μ>0\mu>0μ>0 per server. The service rate μ\muμ is fixed as λ\lambdaλ grows. For an integer number of servers N>λ/μN>\lambda/\muN>λ/μ, the Erlang-C delay probability π(N,λ/μ)\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)π(N,λ/μ) is the explicit finite-sum expression in Section 2 of the report. A customer who waits has an exponential waiting time with rate Nμ−λN\mu-\lambdaNμ−λ. Let Dλ(t)D_\lambda(t)Dλ​(t) be the cost of a wait of length ttt. It is strictly increasing on t≥0t\ge0t≥0, satisfies Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0)=0Dλ​(0)=0, and has finite exponential expectation at every positive rate. The resulting conditional waiting cost is

G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t)e−(Nμ−λ)t dt.G(N,\lambda)=(N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dt.G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt.

The staffing cost F(N)F(N)F(N) is one fixed, convex, strictly increasing function of the server count. Its continuous extension is evaluated at real N>0N>0N>0. Total cost per unit of time at a stable integer level is

C(N,λ)=F(N)+λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ).C(N,\lambda)=F(N)+\lambda\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)G(N,\lambda).C(N,λ)=F(N)+λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ).

Write Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ for any minimizing stable integer level. Ties are permitted. For a positive real offset xxx, define Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x)=\lambda/\mu+x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​, Fλ(x)=F(Nλ(x))−F(λ/μ)F_\lambda(x)=F(N_\lambda(x))-F(\lambda/\mu)Fλ​(x)=F(Nλ​(x))−F(λ/μ), and Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x)=\lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ). The report extends Erlang-C continuously to πλ(x)\pi_\lambda(x)πλ​(x) and writes the incremental continuous objective as Cλ(x)=Fλ(x)+πλ(x)Gλ(x)C_\lambda(x)=F_\lambda(x)+\pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Cλ​(x)=Fλ​(x)+πλ​(x)Gλ​(x). These definitions and the integer-extension identity are from Section 3, printed pages 11–12.

Formalization targets

The report defines the efficiency-driven regime by

for every κ>0,lim⁡λ→∞Fλ(κ)Gλ(κ)=+∞.\text{for every }\kappa>0,\qquad \lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{F_\lambda(\kappa)}{G_\lambda(\kappa)}=+\infty.for every κ>0,λ→∞lim​Gλ​(κ)Fλ​(κ)​=+∞.

For each λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, choose yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda>0yλ∗​>0 to minimize Fλ(y)+Gλ(y)F_\lambda(y)+G_\lambda(y)Fλ​(y)+Gλ​(y) over y>0y>0y>0. Let Sλ(y)S_\lambda(y)Sλ​(y) be the smaller cost of the stable integer levels immediately below and above Nλ(y)N_\lambda(y)Nλ​(y); if the lower one is unstable, use the upper one. The goal, Theorem 6.1 together with Corollary 3.3, is

lim⁡λ→∞Sλ(yλ∗)−F(λ/μ)C(Nλ∗,λ)−F(λ/μ)=1.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty} \frac{S_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)-F(\lambda/\mu)} {C(N^*_\lambda,\lambda)-F(\lambda/\mu)}=1.λ→∞lim​C(Nλ∗​,λ)−F(λ/μ)Sλ​(yλ∗​)−F(λ/μ)​=1.

The milestone path includes the convexity of the conditional waiting cost (Lemma C.1), the agreement of the continuous Erlang-C extension with its integer formula, the two approximation lemmas and their corollary (Lemmas 3.1–3.2 and Corollary 3.3), the convex staffing-cost comparison of equation (13), and all three clauses of the Halfin–Whitt limit in Lemma 4.1. This ordering follows the objects each later statement uses.

What the result gives

The theorem certifies a staffing rule defined by a one-variable surrogate rather than the exact Erlang-C probability in the objective. Its guarantee concerns the incremental total cost above the unavoidable baseline F(λ/μ)F(\lambda/\mu)F(λ/μ), which is the economically relevant quantity when comparing two near-minimal stable staffing levels. The ratio tends to one, so the theorem is stronger than a claim that the two costs merely have the same growth order. The source also presents other regimes with different surrogates; their conclusions are separate targets in this series.

The paper proves the mathematical theorem. This mission asks for a Lean proof of its closed-form model and the surrounding lemmas. The complete development would make the report's approximation framework reusable for later results that combine a continuous queueing approximation, a surrogate minimizer, and integer rounding. It would also expose the exact assumptions needed to pass between real and integer staffing levels. No machine-checked proof of this report's Theorem 6.1 is claimed here.

Where the difficulty lies

The simple objective replaces the delay probability πλ(y)\pi_\lambda(y)πλ​(y) by one. That replacement is accurate near zero offset, but the minimizing offset itself changes with λ\lambdaλ. Pointwise asymptotics at a fixed positive offset do not directly control the value of an objective at its moving minimizer. The proof therefore has to relate the regime assumption to the location of the relevant minimizers before using the Halfin–Whitt limit. Integer rounding introduces another boundary issue: when Nλ(y)N_\lambda(y)Nλ​(y) is just above λ/μ\lambda/\muλ/μ, its floor need not be stable, so evaluating the ordinary Erlang-C formula there would compare the target against a meaningless cost. These difficulties are visible already in the statements of Theorem 6.1 and Lemma 3.2.

Formalization scope and conventions

Lean represents λ\lambdaλ, μ\muμ, offsets, and costs as real numbers; arrival-rate limits use the real filter at +∞+\infty+∞. Staffing counts are natural numbers. The service rate is positive and fixed. A WaitModel packages strict increase and normalization of DλD_\lambdaDλ​ on nonnegative waits together with integrability against every positive exponential rate. This integrability expresses the report's finiteness assumption for GGG and prevents a nonintegrable real integral from silently evaluating to zero. The hypotheses on FFF are convexity and strict increase on positive real staffing levels; FFF does not depend on λ\lambdaλ.

The report asserts that G(N,λ)G(N,\lambda)G(N,λ) diverges as NNN decreases to λ/μ\lambda/\muλ/μ, although the stated assumptions permit bounded increasing waiting penalties for which that assertion fails. The goal therefore includes this explicit divergence hypothesis, which also supports existence of the continuous minimizer used in the report's argument. The integer optimum and the surrogate optimum are functions constrained to be minimizers at every positive arrival rate. They cannot be arbitrary choices that make the conclusion vacuous. The continuous optimum appears only in the framework milestones; it is not a hypothesis of Theorem 6.1.

All formulas are total Lean functions. Their values at λ≤0\lambda\le0λ≤0, unstable integer counts, nonpositive offsets, or invalid parameters to the continuous Erlang-C integral have no queueing interpretation. Every theorem using them constrains its relevant inputs. The definition of SλS_\lambdaSλ​ ignores an unstable floor and uses the stable ceiling. At a positive offset and arrival rate this ceiling is above offered load. The Gaussian density, its cumulative integral, the hazard rate, and the delay function use the explicit formulas of Section 4; the value of the delay function at zero is the continuous extension needed by Lemma 4.1.

The queue's stochastic construction is outside this mission. The formal objects are the report's cost formulas and asymptotic comparisons, not a continuous-time Markov chain. Useful contributions include proofs of the special-function limit, convexity of conditional waiting cost, the integer-extension identity, and the reusable approximation lemmas. The regime condition is the full limit in equation (23); weakening it to an unrelated boundedness condition would change the theorem.

Selected references

  • Sem Borst, Avi Mandelbaum, and Martin I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000. Report PDF. Theorem 6.1, printed p. 19; Corollary 3.3, printed p. 14; Lemma 4.1, printed p. 15; Lemma C.1, printed p. 40.
22 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Variance-based Regularization with Convex Objectives II: A Covering-Number Certificate and Oracle Inequality for the Robust MinimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Empirical risk minimization (ERM) chooses, from a class F\mathcal FF of loss functions, the one with the smallest average loss on a sample X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​. Its standard guarantees bound the excess population risk by a term of order 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​, whatever the variance of the losses. When good functions in F\mathcal FF have small variance, a better trade-off is available in principle: minimize the empirical risk plus a standard-deviation penalty 2ρ VarP^n(f)/n\sqrt{2\rho\,\mathrm{Var}_{\widehat P_n}(f)/n}2ρVarPn​​(f)/n​. Maurer and Pontil (COLT 2009) showed that this sample variance penalization enjoys faster rates, but the penalized objective is non-convex even for convex losses, so it cannot be minimized efficiently in general.

Duchi and Namkoong (arXiv:1610.02581v3, 2017; NIPS 2017) replace the variance penalty by a distributionally robust objective: the worst-case average loss over all reweightings of the sample within a χ2\chi^2χ2-divergence ball of radius ρ/n\rho/nρ/n. This objective is convex whenever the loss is convex, and it equals the empirical risk plus the standard-deviation penalty up to an error of order 1/n1/n1/n. Theorem 3 of the paper turns this into a guarantee for the minimizer of the robust objective, using covering numbers of the class. This mission formalizes Theorem 3 and the lemmas its proof rests on.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a measurable space, PPP a probability measure on it, and X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ (n≥1n\ge1n≥1) an i.i.d. sample from PPP with empirical distribution P^n\widehat P_nPn​. Let F\mathcal FF be a nonempty class of measurable functions f:X→[M0,M1]f:\mathcal X\to[M_0,M_1]f:X→[M0​,M1​], and set M=M1−M0M = M_1-M_0M=M1​−M0​. Write E[f]=∫f dP\mathbb E[f]=\int f\,dPE[f]=∫fdP, Var(f)\mathrm{Var}(f)Var(f) for the variance of f(X)f(X)f(X), and

EP^n[f]=1n∑i=1nf(Xi),VarP^n(f)=1n∑i=1nf(Xi)2−(EP^n[f])2.\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[f] = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f(X_i),\qquad \mathrm{Var}_{\widehat P_n}(f) = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f(X_i)^2 - \big(\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[f]\big)^2 .EPn​​[f]=n1​i=1∑n​f(Xi​),VarPn​​(f)=n1​i=1∑n​f(Xi​)2−(EPn​​[f])2.

For ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0, the χ2\chi^2χ2 ball Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ is the set of weight vectors p∈Rnp\in\mathbb R^np∈Rn with pi≥0p_i\ge0pi​≥0, ∑ipi=1\sum_i p_i = 1∑i​pi​=1 and 12∑i(npi−1)2≤ρ\frac12\sum_i (np_i-1)^2\le\rho21​∑i​(npi​−1)2≤ρ: the distributions PPP on the sample with Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nD_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/nDϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/n for ϕ(t)=12(t−1)2\phi(t)=\frac12(t-1)^2ϕ(t)=21​(t−1)2. The robust risk of fff is

Rn(f)=sup⁡P: Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nEP[f(X)]=max⁡p∈Pn∑i=1npif(Xi),R_n(f) = \sup_{P:\,D_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le \rho/n}\mathbb E_P[f(X)] = \max_{p\in\mathcal P_n}\sum_{i=1}^n p_i f(X_i),Rn​(f)=P:Dϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/nsup​EP​[f(X)]=p∈Pn​max​i=1∑n​pi​f(Xi​),

and a robust minimizer is any f^∈argmin⁡f∈FRn(f)\widehat f\in\operatorname{argmin}_{f\in\mathcal F} R_n(f)f​∈argminf∈F​Rn​(f).

Complexity is measured by empirical ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ covering numbers. For V⊂RmV\subset\mathbb R^mV⊂Rm, N(V,ϵ,∥⋅∥∞)N(V,\epsilon,\|\cdot\|_\infty)N(V,ϵ,∥⋅∥∞​) is the least number of points v1,…,vN∈Vv_1,\dots,v_N\in Vv1​,…,vN​∈V such that every v∈Vv\in Vv∈V lies within sup-distance ϵ\epsilonϵ of some viv_ivi​. For x∈Xmx\in\mathcal X^mx∈Xm let F(x)={(f(x1),…,f(xm)):f∈F}\mathcal F(x)=\{(f(x_1),\dots,f(x_m)) : f\in\mathcal F\}F(x)={(f(x1​),…,f(xm​)):f∈F}, and

N∞(F,ϵ,m)=sup⁡x∈XmN(F(x),ϵ,∥⋅∥∞)∈N∪{∞}.N_\infty(\mathcal F,\epsilon,m) = \sup_{x\in\mathcal X^m} N\big(\mathcal F(x),\epsilon,\|\cdot\|_\infty\big)\in\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}.N∞​(F,ϵ,m)=x∈Xmsup​N(F(x),ϵ,∥⋅∥∞​)∈N∪{∞}.

Formalization targets

Goal: the oracle inequality (16)

Let n≥8M2/tn\ge 8M^2/tn≥8M2/t, t≥log⁡12t\ge\log 12t≥log12, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 and ρ≥9t\rho\ge 9tρ≥9t. With probability at least 1−2(3N∞(F,ϵ,2n)+1)e−t1-2(3N_\infty(\mathcal F,\epsilon,2n)+1)e^{-t}1−2(3N∞​(F,ϵ,2n)+1)e−t, every robust minimizer f^\widehat ff​ satisfies

E[f^(X)]≤inf⁡f∈F{E[f]+22ρnVar(f)}+19Mρ3n+(2+42tn)ϵ.\mathbb E[\widehat f(X)] \le \inf_{f\in\mathcal F}\left\{\mathbb E[f] + 2\sqrt{\frac{2\rho}{n}\mathrm{Var}(f)}\right\} + \frac{19M\rho}{3n} + \left(2+4\sqrt{\frac{2t}{n}}\right)\epsilon .E[f​(X)]≤f∈Finf​{E[f]+2n2ρ​Var(f)​}+3n19Mρ​+(2+4n2t​​)ϵ.

The certificate (15)

Under the same hypotheses and with the same probability, simultaneously for all f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F,

E[f(X)]≤Rn(f)+113Mρn+(2+42tn)ϵ.\mathbb E[f(X)] \le R_n(f) + \frac{11}{3}\frac{M\rho}{n} + \left(2+4\sqrt{\frac{2t}{n}}\right)\epsilon .E[f(X)]≤Rn​(f)+311​nMρ​+(2+4n2t​​)ϵ.

Supporting results (milestones)

  1. Theorem 1, inequality (10): for every vector z∈[M0,M1]nz\in[M_0,M_1]^nz∈[M0​,M1​]n, the robust mean minus the sample mean lies between (2ρsn2/n−2Mρ/n)+\big(\sqrt{2\rho s_n^2/n}-2M\rho/n\big)_+(2ρsn2​/n​−2Mρ/n)+​ and 2ρsn2/n\sqrt{2\rho s_n^2/n}2ρsn2​/n​.
  2. Lemma C.1: a uniform empirical Bernstein bound over F\mathcal FF with probability 1−6N∞(F,ϵ,2n)e−t1-6N_\infty(\mathcal F,\epsilon,2n)e^{-t}1−6N∞​(F,ϵ,2n)e−t.
  3. Lemma A.1, first bound: P(sn≥Esn2+t)≤exp⁡(−nt2/(2M2))\mathbb P(s_n\ge\sqrt{\mathbb E s_n^2}+t)\le\exp(-nt^2/(2M^2))P(sn​≥Esn2​​+t)≤exp(−nt2/(2M2)).
  4. Bernstein's inequality for one fixed fff, as displayed in the proof (p. 38).
  5. The certificate (15).

Significance

Inequality (15) says the robust risk is a uniform upper confidence bound on the population risk, with an O(1/n)O(1/n)O(1/n) slack instead of the O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) slack of the empirical risk. Inequality (16) says the robust minimizer competes with the best variance-penalized population risk in the class. When some f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F has small risk and small variance, the excess risk of f^\widehat ff​ is of order 1/n1/n1/n up to the covering term, a rate ERM does not achieve in general (§3.3 of the paper gives an example). For a parametric class with N∞(F,ϵ,2n)N_\infty(\mathcal F,\epsilon,2n)N∞​(F,ϵ,2n) polynomial in 1/ϵ1/\epsilon1/ϵ, choosing ϵ=M/n\epsilon=M/nϵ=M/n gives Corollaries 3.1 and 3.2 of the paper.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The mission's output is a formal proof of Theorem 3 and its ingredients: a deterministic analysis of the χ2\chi^2χ2-constrained linear program (Theorem 1 (10)), a covering-number empirical Bernstein inequality (Lemma C.1, from Maurer and Pontil), concentration of the sample standard deviation (Lemma A.1), and the scalar Bernstein inequality in the form used. Each of these is reusable outside distributionally robust optimization.

Difficulty

The deterministic part, (10), is a short analysis of a quadratically constrained linear program. The main obstacle is Lemma C.1. A union bound over a cover of F\mathcal FF fails directly: the cover depends on the sample, and a population-level cover of F\mathcal FF need not be finite. The standard route goes through a ghost sample of size nnn (hence covering at 2n2n2n points), a symmetrization that must preserve the sample variance rather than only the mean, and a concentration bound for the sample variance itself. Lemma A.1 needs concentration of sns_nsn​, a non-linear and non-smooth function of the sample, at the sub-Gaussian rate M/nM/\sqrt nM/n​. Finally, the oracle inequality (16) holds for an infimum over the whole class, while the concentration step for the comparison function is only proved for one fixed fff at a time.

Formalization scope

The sample is the coordinate process of the product measure P⊗nP^{\otimes n}P⊗n on Xn\mathcal X^nXn (Measure.pi). Each probability statement bounds the probability of the bad event, the set of samples where the inequality fails for some fff (or some minimizer). This set need not be measurable, and its measure is then the outer measure, as is standard in empirical-process theory. Probability bounds are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and the covering number is valued in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, so an infinite covering number makes the bound trivial rather than collapsing to zero. Covering numbers are internal (centres in F(x)\mathcal F(x)F(x)) and use closed sup-norm balls, as on p. 9; this is Mathlib's Metric.coveringNumber. The empirical variance is normalized by 1/n1/n1/n. The χ2\chi^2χ2 ball is encoded as weight vectors on the sample points; with tied sample values this gives the same supremum as the paper's distributions on the sample. Statement (16) is formalized for every minimizer of the robust risk, and the event is empty if no minimizer exists. The infimum ranges over the nonempty class F\mathcal FF, on which every term is at least M0M_0M0​. Population moments are those of bounded measurable functions, hence finite.

Deviations from the printed text:

  • Lemma A.1 is stated only for its first (upper-tail) bound. The paper derives the second bound from Lemma A.4, which is false as printed; the second bound is not stated. M>0M>0M>0 is assumed because M2M^2M2 is a denominator.
  • Lemma C.1 is the paper's restatement of Maurer and Pontil's Theorem 6, with a general radius ϵ\epsilonϵ. It is formalized as printed, with the implicit assumption ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 made explicit.
  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is assumed throughout. The hypothesis n≥8M2/tn\ge 8M^2/tn≥8M2/t is kept as printed.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the bound is not taken over all functions, a probability bound is not formed from the real part of an infinite covering number, and the minimizer is not a hypothesis that can fail to exist for the given sample.

Needed infrastructure: product-measure concentration (Bernstein, and a bounded-difference or convex-Lipschitz inequality for sns_nsn​), symmetrization with a ghost sample, and finite union bounds over a cover. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, in particular a general covering-number empirical Bernstein inequality, which is reusable on its own.

Selected references

  • J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong, Variance-based regularization with convex objectives, arXiv:1610.02581v3, 2017 (NIPS 2017; JMLR 20, 2019). https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.02581
  • A. Maurer and M. Pontil, Empirical Bernstein bounds and sample variance penalization, COLT 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0907.3740
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi and P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities: A Nonasymptotic Theory of Independence, Oxford University Press, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
  • A. W. van der Vaart and J. A. Wellner, Weak Convergence and Empirical Processes, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2545-2
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance I: Quadratic Potential Functions Bound Mean Response Times in Open NetworksResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling in a multiclass queueing network asks which waiting job a server should work on next when jobs of several types share stations and revisit them along fixed routes. Such networks model semiconductor wafer fabs, job shops and communication switches. Optimal policies are rarely computable: the state space is countably infinite, and even deciding properties of optimal policies is hard (Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis 1999). A practical substitute is the achievable region approach: describe, by constraints that every policy must satisfy, a set containing all performance vectors any policy can achieve, then optimize a linear cost over that set to get a lower bound on the optimal cost.

Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis (MIT Sloan working paper 1992; Ann. Appl. Probab. 1994) gave a general method for producing such constraints for open networks, by computing the steady-state drift of quadratic potential functions. This mission formalizes their first-order bounds (Section 4).

Timeline:

  • 1980–1988: Coffman and Mitrani, then Federgruen and Groenevelt — the achievable performance vectors of a single-station multiclass queue form a polytope described by conservation laws.
  • Early 1990s: Kumar (reference [Kuma] of the paper), using a potential-function argument he attributes to Meyn, derives a single lower bound on the mean number in system for re-entrant lines with deterministic routing (described on p. 16 of the paper).
  • 1992–1994: Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis — parametric families of linear bounds for general open networks with Markovian routing (Theorem 4.1), and the nonparametric polyhedron (Theorems 4.2–4.4), shown to be at least as tight.

Setting

A network has NNN single-server stations and RRR job classes. Class rrr is served at station σ(r)\sigma(r)σ(r), and CiC_iCi​ is the set of classes served at station iii. Class-rrr jobs arrive from outside as a Poisson stream of rate λ0r\lambda_{0r}λ0r​, service times are exponential with rate μr\mu_rμr​, and after service a class-rrr job becomes a class-sss job with probability prsp_{rs}prs​ or leaves with probability pr0=1−∑sprsp_{r0}=1-\sum_s p_{rs}pr0​=1−∑s​prs​. The traffic equations

λr=λ0r+∑r′λr′pr′r(15)\lambda_r=\lambda_{0r}+\sum_{r'}\lambda_{r'}p_{r'r}\qquad(15)λr​=λ0r​+r′∑​λr′​pr′r​(15)

have a unique solution λ\lambdaλ (the network is open), and ∑r∈Ciλr/μr<1\sum_{r\in C_i}\lambda_r/\mu_r<1∑r∈Ci​​λr​/μr​<1 at every station.

The state n⃗=(n1,…,nR)\vec n=(n_1,\dots,n_R)n=(n1​,…,nR​) counts the jobs of each class. A Markovian policy decides from the current state which classes are in service, at most one per station and only classes with jobs present; idling is allowed. Write BrB_rBr​ for the event that station σ(r)\sigma(r)σ(r) serves class rrr, and B0iB_{0i}B0i​ for the event that station iii is idle. Under such a policy n⃗(t)\vec n(t)n(t) is a continuous-time Markov chain. Assumption A requires that it has a unique invariant distribution π\piπ and that Eπ[nr2]<∞E_\pi[n_r^2]<\inftyEπ​[nr2​]<∞ for all rrr. Let nˉr=Eπ[nr]\bar n_r=E_\pi[n_r]nˉr​=Eπ​[nr​], which equals λrxr\lambda_rx_rλr​xr​ with xrx_rxr​ the mean response time of class rrr (Little's law), and define

Irr′=Eπ[1{Br}nr′],Nir′=Eπ[1{B0i}nr′].I_{rr'}=E_\pi[1\{B_r\}n_{r'}],\qquad N_{ir'}=E_\pi[1\{B_{0i}\}n_{r'}].Irr′​=Eπ​[1{Br​}nr′​],Nir′​=Eπ​[1{B0i​}nr′​].

For a set SSS of classes, f-parameters are reals f(r)≥0f(r)\ge 0f(r)≥0 for r∈Sr\in Sr∈S such that μr[∑r′∈Sprr′(f(r)−f(r′))+∑r′∉Sprr′f(r)]\mu_r\big[\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}(f(r)-f(r'))+\sum_{r'\notin S}p_{rr'}f(r)\big]μr​[∑r′∈S​prr′​(f(r)−f(r′))+∑r′∈/S​prr′​f(r)] is nonnegative and the same for all r∈Ci∩Sr\in C_i\cap Sr∈Ci​∩S; that common value is fif_ifi​, and fi=0f_i=0fi​=0 when Ci∩S=∅C_i\cap S=\emptysetCi​∩S=∅ (restriction (17)). The sums over r′∉Sr'\notin Sr′∈/S include the exit r′=0r'=0r′=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For every policy satisfying Assumption A, every SSS and every f-parameters satisfying (17),

∑r∈Sλrf(r)xr ≥ N′(S)D′(S),\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_rf(r)x_r\ \ge\ \frac{N'(S)}{D'(S)},r∈S∑​λr​f(r)xr​ ≥ D′(S)N′(S)​,

where

N′(S)=∑r∈Sλ0rf2(r)+∑r∉Sλr∑r′∈Sprr′f2(r′)+∑r∈Sλr[∑r′∈Sprr′(f(r)−f(r′))2+∑r′∉Sprr′f2(r)],N'(S)=\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_{0r}f^2(r)+\sum_{r\notin S}\lambda_r\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}f^2(r')+\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_r\Big[\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}(f(r)-f(r'))^2+\sum_{r'\notin S}p_{rr'}f^2(r)\Big],N′(S)=r∈S∑​λ0r​f2(r)+r∈/S∑​λr​r′∈S∑​prr′​f2(r′)+r∈S∑​λr​[r′∈S∑​prr′​(f(r)−f(r′))2+r′∈/S∑​prr′​f2(r)], D′(S)=2[∑i=1Nfi−∑r∈Sλ0rf(r)].D'(S)=2\Big[\sum_{i=1}^Nf_i-\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_{0r}f(r)\Big].D′(S)=2[i=1∑N​fi​−r∈S∑​λ0r​f(r)].

The formal goal is the product form N′(S)≤D′(S)∑r∈Sf(r)nˉrN'(S)\le D'(S)\sum_{r\in S}f(r)\bar n_rN′(S)≤D′(S)∑r∈S​f(r)nˉr​.

Milestones

  1. The utilization identity Eπ[1{Br}]=λr/μrE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]=\lambda_r/\mu_rEπ​[1{Br​}]=λr​/μr​ (pp. 16 and 19).
  2. Theorem 4.2: the linear equalities (24), (25) between nˉr\bar n_rnˉr​ and Irr′I_{rr'}Irr′​.
  3. Theorem 4.3: ∑r∈CiIrr′+Nir′=nˉr′\sum_{r\in C_i}I_{rr'}+N_{ir'}=\bar n_{r'}∑r∈Ci​​Irr′​+Nir′​=nˉr′​ (28).
  4. Theorem 4.4: any nonnegative (x,I,N)(x,I,N)(x,I,N) satisfying (24), (25), (28), with nˉr=λrxr\bar n_r=\lambda_rx_rnˉr​=λr​xr​ in those equalities, satisfies every inequality of Theorem 4.1. This statement is deterministic.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 gives, for each choice of SSS and fff, a linear inequality on mean response times valid for all admissible policies. Minimizing a linear holding cost ∑rcrxr\sum_r c_rx_r∑r​cr​xr​ subject to these inequalities is a linear program whose value bounds the optimal scheduling cost from below; the paper reports numerical values of such bounds in its Section 9. Theorems 4.2–4.4 show that a polynomial-size polyhedron in the variables (nˉ,I,N)(\bar n,I,N)(nˉ,I,N) implies all of these inequalities at once, so the parametric search over fff is unnecessary.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a Lean treatment of invariant distributions of controlled countable-state Markov chains with unbounded test functions, which is currently absent from Mathlib, and then the algebra of the drift identities. The definitions here (network data, Markovian sequencing policies, the generator, Assumption A) are the substrate that the paper's later results on routing, closed networks and higher-order bounds would reuse.

Difficulty

Every statement except Theorem 4.4 rests on taking expectations of the generator applied to unbounded functions (nrn_rnr​, nrnr′n_rn_{r'}nr​nr′​) under the invariant distribution. The invariance condition is stated only for indicators of single states; extending ∑nπ(n)(Gg)(n)=0\sum_n\pi(n)(\mathcal Gg)(n)=0∑n​π(n)(Gg)(n)=0 to quadratic ggg needs an interchange of summations justified by the second-moment condition of Assumption A. The utilization identity additionally needs uniqueness of the traffic solution to identify μrEπ[1{Br}]\mu_rE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]μr​Eπ​[1{Br​}] with λr\lambda_rλr​. Theorem 4.1 then needs the sign bookkeeping that turns an identity into an inequality: the terms dropped are nonnegative only because f≥0f\ge0f≥0 on SSS, fi≥0f_i\ge0fi​≥0 and at most one class per station is in service.

Formalization scope

Classes are Fin R, stations Fin N, states Fin R → ℕ, all rates and probabilities real. A policy is a Bool-valued function of the state with the two admissibility constraints; work conservation is not assumed. Invariance is global balance of the generator on the countable state space; expectations are tsums. The uniformized chain and the epochs τk\tau_kτk​ of the paper are not built: the paper notes that its expectations at τk\tau_kτk​ are expectations under the invariant distribution of n⃗(t)\vec n(t)n(t).

Conventions fixed in Lean:

  • λrxr\lambda_rx_rλr​xr​ appears only as the mean number in system nˉr\bar n_rnˉr​ (Little's law, used by the paper on pp. 11 and 20); response times are not formalized.
  • Sums over r′∉Sr'\notin Sr′∈/S include the exit r′=0r'=0r′=0 (p. 15).
  • f-parameters are nonnegative on SSS (p. 9).
  • The network is open: (15) has a unique solution, and λ\lambdaλ is an input constrained by (15), never defined from the policy.
  • (18) is stated multiplied by D′(S)D'(S)D′(S), which avoids Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 and is (18) whenever D′(S)>0D'(S)>0D′(S)>0.

A quotient-form statement of (18) would be trivially true when D′(S)=0D'(S)=0D′(S)=0, and defining λr\lambda_rλr​ as μrEπ[1{Br}]\mu_rE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]μr​Eπ​[1{Br​}] would make the utilization identity hold by definition; both are excluded.

Welcome contributions: a general lemma extending global balance to test functions of polynomial growth under moment conditions; proofs of the drift identities; the deterministic Theorem 4.4.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, I. Ch. Paschalidis, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance, MIT Sloan WP #3509-92-MSA, 1992; Ann. Appl. Probab. 4(1), 1994. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005200
  • C. H. Papadimitriou, J. N. Tsitsiklis, The complexity of optimal queuing network control, Math. Oper. Res. 24(2), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.24.2.293
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 30 of 66Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me